Minki/linux
1
0
Fork 1
mirror of https://github.com/torvalds/linux.git synced 2024-11-24 05:02:12 +00:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
99cda45426
linux/net/mpls/af_mpls.c

2780 lines
64 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

treewide: Add SPDX license identifier for more missed files Add SPDX license identifiers to all files which: - Have no license information of any form - Have MODULE_LICENCE("GPL*") inside which was used in the initial scan/conversion to ignore the file These files fall under the project license, GPL v2 only. The resulting SPDX license identifier is: GPL-2.0-only Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de> Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
2019-05-19 12:08:20 +00:00
// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
#include <linux/types.h>
#include <linux/skbuff.h>
#include <linux/socket.h>
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
#include <linux/sysctl.h>
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
#include <linux/net.h>
#include <linux/module.h>
#include <linux/if_arp.h>
#include <linux/ipv6.h>
#include <linux/mpls.h>
net: mpls: Add support for netconf Add netconf support to MPLS. Allows userpsace to learn and be notified of changes to 'input' enable setting per interface. Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-20 16:03:30 +00:00
#include <linux/netconf.h>
mpls, nospec: Sanitize array index in mpls_label_ok() mpls_label_ok() validates that the 'platform_label' array index from a userspace netlink message payload is valid. Under speculation the mpls_label_ok() result may not resolve in the CPU pipeline until after the index is used to access an array element. Sanitize the index to zero to prevent userspace-controlled arbitrary out-of-bounds speculation, a precursor for a speculative execution side channel vulnerability. Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-08 06:34:24 +00:00
#include <linux/nospec.h>
mpls: using vzalloc requires including vmalloc.h Fixes this build error: net/mpls/af_mpls.c: In function 'resize_platform_label_table': net/mpls/af_mpls.c:767:4: error: implicit declaration of function 'vzalloc' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration] labels = vzalloc(size); ^ Fixes: 7720c01f3f59 ("mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table") Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-05 02:37:05 +00:00
#include <linux/vmalloc.h>
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
#include <linux/percpu.h>
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
#include <net/ip.h>
#include <net/dst.h>
#include <net/sock.h>
#include <net/arp.h>
#include <net/ip_fib.h>
#include <net/netevent.h>
ip_tunnel: add mpls over gre support This commit introduces the MPLSoGRE support (RFC 4023), using ip tunnel API by simply adding ipgre_tunnel_encap_(add|del)_mpls_ops() and the new tunnel type TUNNEL_ENCAP_MPLS. Signed-off-by: Amine Kherbouche <amine.kherbouche@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-04 17:35:57 +00:00
#include <net/ip_tunnels.h>
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
#include <net/netns/generic.h>
af_mpls: fix undefined reference to ip6_route_output Undefined reference to ip6_route_output and ip_route_output was reported with CONFIG_INET=n and CONFIG_IPV6=n. This patch uses ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup instead of ip6_route_output. And wraps affected code under IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET) and IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6). Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-30 20:34:54 +00:00
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
#include <net/ipv6.h>
#endif
ipv6: Move ipv6 stubs to a separate header file The number of stubs is growing and has nothing to do with addrconf. Move the definition of the stubs to a separate header file and update users. In the move, drop the vxlan specific comment before ipv6_stub. Code move only; no functional change intended. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-03-22 13:06:09 +00:00
#include <net/ipv6_stubs.h>
net: Rename net/nexthop.h net/rtnh.h The header contains rtnh_ macros so rename the file accordingly. Allows a later patch to use the nexthop.h name for the new nexthop code. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-20 16:28:20 +00:00
#include <net/rtnh.h>
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
#include "internal.h"
net: mpls: Limit memory allocation for mpls_route Limit memory allocation size for mpls_route to 4096. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:02 +00:00
/* max memory we will use for mpls_route */
#define MAX_MPLS_ROUTE_MEM 4096
mpls: flow-based multipath selection Change the selection of a multipath route to use a flow-based hash. This more suitable for traffic sensitive to reordering within a flow (e.g. TCP, L2VPN) and whilst still allowing a good distribution of traffic given enough flows. Selection of the path for a multipath route is done using a hash of: 1. Label stack up to MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS labels or up to and including entropy label, whichever is first. 2. 3-tuple of (L3 src, L3 dst, proto) from IPv4/IPv6 header in MPLS payload, if present. Naturally, a 5-tuple hash using L4 information in addition would be possible and be better in some scenarios, but there is a tradeoff between looking deeper into the packet to achieve good distribution, and packet forwarding performance, and I have erred on the side of the latter as the default. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:28 +00:00
/* Maximum number of labels to look ahead at when selecting a path of
* a multipath route
*/
#define MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS 4
mpls: fix out-of-bounds access when via address not specified When a via address isn't specified, the via table is left initialised to 0 (NEIGH_ARP_TABLE), and the via address length also left initialised to 0. This results in a via address array of length 0 being allocated (contiguous with route and nexthop array), meaning that when a packet is sent using neigh_xmit the neighbour lookup and creation will cause an out-of-bounds access when accessing the 4 bytes of the IPv4 address it assumes it has been given a pointer to. This could be fixed by allocating the 4 bytes of via address necessary and leaving it as all zeroes. However, it seems wrong to me to use an ipv4 nexthop (including possibly ARPing for 0.0.0.0) when the user didn't specify to do so. Instead, set the via address table to NEIGH_NR_TABLES to signify it hasn't been specified and use this at forwarding time to signify a neigh_xmit using an L2 address consisting of the device address. This mechanism is the same as that used for both ARP and ND for loopback interfaces and those flagged as no-arp, which are all we can really support in this case. Fixes: cf4b24f0024f ("mpls: reduce memory usage of routes") Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-10 19:30:50 +00:00
#define MPLS_NEIGH_TABLE_UNSPEC (NEIGH_LINK_TABLE + 1)
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
static int label_limit = (1 << 20) - 1;
mpls: allow TTL propagation from IP packets to be configured Allow TTL propagation from IP packets to MPLS packets to be configured. Add a new optional LWT attribute, MPLS_IPTUNNEL_TTL, which allows the TTL to be set in the resulting MPLS packet, with the value of 0 having the semantics of enabling propagation of the TTL from the IP header (i.e. non-zero values disable propagation). Also allow the configuration to be overridden globally by reusing the same sysctl to control whether the TTL is propagated from IP packets into the MPLS header. If the per-LWT attribute is set then it overrides the global configuration. If the TTL isn't propagated then a default TTL value is used which can be configured via a new sysctl, "net.mpls.default_ttl". This is kept separate from the configuration of whether IP TTL propagation is enabled as it can be used in the future when non-IP payloads are supported (i.e. where there is no payload TTL that can be propagated). Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:25 +00:00
static int ttl_max = 255;
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
ip_tunnel: add mpls over gre support This commit introduces the MPLSoGRE support (RFC 4023), using ip tunnel API by simply adding ipgre_tunnel_encap_(add|del)_mpls_ops() and the new tunnel type TUNNEL_ENCAP_MPLS. Signed-off-by: Amine Kherbouche <amine.kherbouche@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-04 17:35:57 +00:00
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_NET_IP_TUNNEL)
net: mpls: make function ipgre_mpls_encap_hlen static The function ipgre_mpls_encap_hlen is local to the source and does not need to be in global scope, so make it static. Cleans up sparse warning: symbol 'ipgre_mpls_encap_hlen' was not declared. Should it be static? Fixes: bdc476413dcdb ("ip_tunnel: add mpls over gre support") Signed-off-by: Colin Ian King <colin.king@canonical.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-11 09:53:28 +00:00
static size_t ipgre_mpls_encap_hlen(struct ip_tunnel_encap *e)
ip_tunnel: add mpls over gre support This commit introduces the MPLSoGRE support (RFC 4023), using ip tunnel API by simply adding ipgre_tunnel_encap_(add|del)_mpls_ops() and the new tunnel type TUNNEL_ENCAP_MPLS. Signed-off-by: Amine Kherbouche <amine.kherbouche@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-04 17:35:57 +00:00
{
return sizeof(struct mpls_shim_hdr);
}
static const struct ip_tunnel_encap_ops mpls_iptun_ops = {
.encap_hlen = ipgre_mpls_encap_hlen,
};
static int ipgre_tunnel_encap_add_mpls_ops(void)
{
return ip_tunnel_encap_add_ops(&mpls_iptun_ops, TUNNEL_ENCAP_MPLS);
}
static void ipgre_tunnel_encap_del_mpls_ops(void)
{
ip_tunnel_encap_del_ops(&mpls_iptun_ops, TUNNEL_ENCAP_MPLS);
}
#else
static int ipgre_tunnel_encap_add_mpls_ops(void)
{
return 0;
}
static void ipgre_tunnel_encap_del_mpls_ops(void)
{
}
#endif
mpls: Multicast route table change notifications Unlike IPv4 this code notifies on all cases where mpls routes are added or removed and it never automatically removes routes. Avoiding both the userspace confusion that is caused by omitting route updates and the possibility of a flood of netlink traffic when an interface goes doew. For now reserved labels are handled automatically and userspace is not notified. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:14:31 +00:00
static void rtmsg_lfib(int event, u32 label, struct mpls_route *rt,
struct nlmsghdr *nlh, struct net *net, u32 portid,
unsigned int nlm_flags);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
static struct mpls_route *mpls_route_input_rcu(struct net *net, unsigned index)
{
struct mpls_route *rt = NULL;
if (index < net->mpls.platform_labels) {
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label =
rcu_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
rt = rcu_dereference(platform_label[index]);
}
return rt;
}
mpls: export mpls functions for use by mpls iptunnels Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 08:43:52 +00:00
bool mpls_output_possible(const struct net_device *dev)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
{
return dev && (dev->flags & IFF_UP) && netif_carrier_ok(dev);
}
mpls: export mpls functions for use by mpls iptunnels Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 08:43:52 +00:00
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(mpls_output_possible);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
static u8 *__mpls_nh_via(struct mpls_route *rt, struct mpls_nh *nh)
{
net: mpls: change mpls_route layout Move labels to the end of mpls_nh as a 0-sized array and within mpls_route move the via for a nexthop after the mpls_nh. The new layout becomes: +----------------------+ | mpls_route | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | 4 bytes for odd number of labels; 0 for even +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | via's aligned on sizeof(unsigned long) +----------------------+ | ... | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh n-1 | +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] n-1 | +----------------------+ Memory allocated for nexthop + via is constant across all nexthops and their via. It is based on the maximum number of labels across all nexthops and the maximum via length. The size is saved in the mpls_route as rt_nh_size. Accessing a nexthop becomes rt->rt_nh + index * rt->rt_nh_size. The offset of the via address from a nexthop is saved as rt_via_offset so that given an mpls_nh pointer the via for that hop is simply nh + rt->rt_via_offset. With prior code, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop: via is an ethernet address - 64 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 64 via is an ipv6 address - 72 With this patch set, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop and 1 or 2 labels: via is an ethernet address - 56 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 56 via is an ipv6 address - 64 The 8-byte reduction is due to the previous patch; the change introduced by this patch has no impact on the size of allocations for 1 or 2 labels. Performance impact of this change was examined using network namespaces with veth pairs connecting namespaces. ns0 inserts the packet to the label-switched path using an lwt route with encap mpls. ns1 adds 1 or 2 labels depending on test, ns2 (and ns3 for 2-label test) pops the label and forwards. ns3 (or ns4) for a 2-label is the destination. Similar series of namespaces used for 2-nexthop test. Intent is to measure changes to latency (overhead in manipulating the packet) in the forwarding path. Tests used netperf with UDP_RR. IPv4: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 29908 30115 2 label, 1 nexthop 29071 29612 1 label, 2 nexthop 29582 29776 2 label, 2 nexthop 29086 29149 IPv6: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 24502 24960 2 label, 1 nexthop 24041 24407 1 label, 2 nexthop 23795 23899 2 label, 2 nexthop 23074 22959 In short, the change has no effect to a modest increase in performance. This is expected since this patch does not really have an impact on routes with 1 or 2 labels (the current limit) and 1 or 2 nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:01 +00:00
return (u8 *)nh + rt->rt_via_offset;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
}
static const u8 *mpls_nh_via(const struct mpls_route *rt,
const struct mpls_nh *nh)
{
return __mpls_nh_via((struct mpls_route *)rt, (struct mpls_nh *)nh);
}
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
static unsigned int mpls_nh_header_size(const struct mpls_nh *nh)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
{
/* The size of the layer 2.5 labels to be added for this route */
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
return nh->nh_labels * sizeof(struct mpls_shim_hdr);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
}
mpls: export mpls functions for use by mpls iptunnels Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 08:43:52 +00:00
unsigned int mpls_dev_mtu(const struct net_device *dev)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
{
/* The amount of data the layer 2 frame can hold */
return dev->mtu;
}
mpls: export mpls functions for use by mpls iptunnels Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 08:43:52 +00:00
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(mpls_dev_mtu);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
mpls: export mpls functions for use by mpls iptunnels Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 08:43:52 +00:00
bool mpls_pkt_too_big(const struct sk_buff *skb, unsigned int mtu)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
{
if (skb->len <= mtu)
return false;
net: rename skb_gso_validate_mtu -> skb_gso_validate_network_len If you take a GSO skb, and split it into packets, will the network length (L3 headers + L4 headers + payload) of those packets be small enough to fit within a given MTU? skb_gso_validate_mtu gives you the answer to that question. However, we recently added to add a way to validate the MAC length of a split GSO skb (L2+L3+L4+payload), and the names get confusing, so rename skb_gso_validate_mtu to skb_gso_validate_network_len Signed-off-by: Daniel Axtens <dja@axtens.net> Reviewed-by: Marcelo Ricardo Leitner <marcelo.leitner@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-03-01 06:13:37 +00:00
if (skb_is_gso(skb) && skb_gso_validate_network_len(skb, mtu))
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
return false;
return true;
}
mpls: export mpls functions for use by mpls iptunnels Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 08:43:52 +00:00
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(mpls_pkt_too_big);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
void mpls_stats_inc_outucastpkts(struct net_device *dev,
const struct sk_buff *skb)
{
struct mpls_dev *mdev;
if (skb->protocol == htons(ETH_P_MPLS_UC)) {
mdev = mpls_dev_get(dev);
if (mdev)
MPLS_INC_STATS_LEN(mdev, skb->len,
tx_packets,
tx_bytes);
} else if (skb->protocol == htons(ETH_P_IP)) {
IP_UPD_PO_STATS(dev_net(dev), IPSTATS_MIB_OUT, skb->len);
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
} else if (skb->protocol == htons(ETH_P_IPV6)) {
struct inet6_dev *in6dev = __in6_dev_get(dev);
if (in6dev)
IP6_UPD_PO_STATS(dev_net(dev), in6dev,
IPSTATS_MIB_OUT, skb->len);
#endif
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(mpls_stats_inc_outucastpkts);
net: mpls: Fix multipath selection for LSR use case MPLS multipath for LSR is broken -- always selecting the first nexthop in the one label case. For example: $ ip -f mpls ro ls 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 300 via inet 172.16.3.2 dev virt13 101 nexthop as to 201 via inet6 2000:2::2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 301 via inet6 2000:3::2 dev virt13 In this example incoming packets have a single MPLS labels which means BOS bit is set. The BOS bit is passed from mpls_forward down to mpls_multipath_hash which never processes the hash loop because BOS is 1. Update mpls_multipath_hash to process the entire label stack. mpls_hdr_len tracks the total mpls header length on each pass (on pass N mpls_hdr_len is N * sizeof(mpls_shim_hdr)). When the label is found with the BOS set it verifies the skb has sufficient header for ipv4 or ipv6, and find the IPv4 and IPv6 header by using the last mpls_hdr pointer and adding 1 to advance past it. With these changes I have verified the code correctly sees the label, BOS, IPv4 and IPv6 addresses in the network header and icmp/tcp/udp traffic for ipv4 and ipv6 are distributed across the nexthops. Fixes: 1c78efa8319ca ("mpls: flow-based multipath selection") Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-20 20:58:34 +00:00
static u32 mpls_multipath_hash(struct mpls_route *rt, struct sk_buff *skb)
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
{
mpls: flow-based multipath selection Change the selection of a multipath route to use a flow-based hash. This more suitable for traffic sensitive to reordering within a flow (e.g. TCP, L2VPN) and whilst still allowing a good distribution of traffic given enough flows. Selection of the path for a multipath route is done using a hash of: 1. Label stack up to MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS labels or up to and including entropy label, whichever is first. 2. 3-tuple of (L3 src, L3 dst, proto) from IPv4/IPv6 header in MPLS payload, if present. Naturally, a 5-tuple hash using L4 information in addition would be possible and be better in some scenarios, but there is a tradeoff between looking deeper into the packet to achieve good distribution, and packet forwarding performance, and I have erred on the side of the latter as the default. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:28 +00:00
struct mpls_entry_decoded dec;
net: mpls: Fix multipath selection for LSR use case MPLS multipath for LSR is broken -- always selecting the first nexthop in the one label case. For example: $ ip -f mpls ro ls 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 300 via inet 172.16.3.2 dev virt13 101 nexthop as to 201 via inet6 2000:2::2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 301 via inet6 2000:3::2 dev virt13 In this example incoming packets have a single MPLS labels which means BOS bit is set. The BOS bit is passed from mpls_forward down to mpls_multipath_hash which never processes the hash loop because BOS is 1. Update mpls_multipath_hash to process the entire label stack. mpls_hdr_len tracks the total mpls header length on each pass (on pass N mpls_hdr_len is N * sizeof(mpls_shim_hdr)). When the label is found with the BOS set it verifies the skb has sufficient header for ipv4 or ipv6, and find the IPv4 and IPv6 header by using the last mpls_hdr pointer and adding 1 to advance past it. With these changes I have verified the code correctly sees the label, BOS, IPv4 and IPv6 addresses in the network header and icmp/tcp/udp traffic for ipv4 and ipv6 are distributed across the nexthops. Fixes: 1c78efa8319ca ("mpls: flow-based multipath selection") Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-20 20:58:34 +00:00
unsigned int mpls_hdr_len = 0;
mpls: flow-based multipath selection Change the selection of a multipath route to use a flow-based hash. This more suitable for traffic sensitive to reordering within a flow (e.g. TCP, L2VPN) and whilst still allowing a good distribution of traffic given enough flows. Selection of the path for a multipath route is done using a hash of: 1. Label stack up to MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS labels or up to and including entropy label, whichever is first. 2. 3-tuple of (L3 src, L3 dst, proto) from IPv4/IPv6 header in MPLS payload, if present. Naturally, a 5-tuple hash using L4 information in addition would be possible and be better in some scenarios, but there is a tradeoff between looking deeper into the packet to achieve good distribution, and packet forwarding performance, and I have erred on the side of the latter as the default. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:28 +00:00
struct mpls_shim_hdr *hdr;
bool eli_seen = false;
int label_index;
u32 hash = 0;
net: mpls: Fix multipath selection for LSR use case MPLS multipath for LSR is broken -- always selecting the first nexthop in the one label case. For example: $ ip -f mpls ro ls 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 300 via inet 172.16.3.2 dev virt13 101 nexthop as to 201 via inet6 2000:2::2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 301 via inet6 2000:3::2 dev virt13 In this example incoming packets have a single MPLS labels which means BOS bit is set. The BOS bit is passed from mpls_forward down to mpls_multipath_hash which never processes the hash loop because BOS is 1. Update mpls_multipath_hash to process the entire label stack. mpls_hdr_len tracks the total mpls header length on each pass (on pass N mpls_hdr_len is N * sizeof(mpls_shim_hdr)). When the label is found with the BOS set it verifies the skb has sufficient header for ipv4 or ipv6, and find the IPv4 and IPv6 header by using the last mpls_hdr pointer and adding 1 to advance past it. With these changes I have verified the code correctly sees the label, BOS, IPv4 and IPv6 addresses in the network header and icmp/tcp/udp traffic for ipv4 and ipv6 are distributed across the nexthops. Fixes: 1c78efa8319ca ("mpls: flow-based multipath selection") Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-20 20:58:34 +00:00
for (label_index = 0; label_index < MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS;
mpls: flow-based multipath selection Change the selection of a multipath route to use a flow-based hash. This more suitable for traffic sensitive to reordering within a flow (e.g. TCP, L2VPN) and whilst still allowing a good distribution of traffic given enough flows. Selection of the path for a multipath route is done using a hash of: 1. Label stack up to MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS labels or up to and including entropy label, whichever is first. 2. 3-tuple of (L3 src, L3 dst, proto) from IPv4/IPv6 header in MPLS payload, if present. Naturally, a 5-tuple hash using L4 information in addition would be possible and be better in some scenarios, but there is a tradeoff between looking deeper into the packet to achieve good distribution, and packet forwarding performance, and I have erred on the side of the latter as the default. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:28 +00:00
label_index++) {
net: mpls: Fix multipath selection for LSR use case MPLS multipath for LSR is broken -- always selecting the first nexthop in the one label case. For example: $ ip -f mpls ro ls 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 300 via inet 172.16.3.2 dev virt13 101 nexthop as to 201 via inet6 2000:2::2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 301 via inet6 2000:3::2 dev virt13 In this example incoming packets have a single MPLS labels which means BOS bit is set. The BOS bit is passed from mpls_forward down to mpls_multipath_hash which never processes the hash loop because BOS is 1. Update mpls_multipath_hash to process the entire label stack. mpls_hdr_len tracks the total mpls header length on each pass (on pass N mpls_hdr_len is N * sizeof(mpls_shim_hdr)). When the label is found with the BOS set it verifies the skb has sufficient header for ipv4 or ipv6, and find the IPv4 and IPv6 header by using the last mpls_hdr pointer and adding 1 to advance past it. With these changes I have verified the code correctly sees the label, BOS, IPv4 and IPv6 addresses in the network header and icmp/tcp/udp traffic for ipv4 and ipv6 are distributed across the nexthops. Fixes: 1c78efa8319ca ("mpls: flow-based multipath selection") Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-20 20:58:34 +00:00
mpls_hdr_len += sizeof(*hdr);
if (!pskb_may_pull(skb, mpls_hdr_len))
mpls: flow-based multipath selection Change the selection of a multipath route to use a flow-based hash. This more suitable for traffic sensitive to reordering within a flow (e.g. TCP, L2VPN) and whilst still allowing a good distribution of traffic given enough flows. Selection of the path for a multipath route is done using a hash of: 1. Label stack up to MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS labels or up to and including entropy label, whichever is first. 2. 3-tuple of (L3 src, L3 dst, proto) from IPv4/IPv6 header in MPLS payload, if present. Naturally, a 5-tuple hash using L4 information in addition would be possible and be better in some scenarios, but there is a tradeoff between looking deeper into the packet to achieve good distribution, and packet forwarding performance, and I have erred on the side of the latter as the default. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:28 +00:00
break;
/* Read and decode the current label */
hdr = mpls_hdr(skb) + label_index;
dec = mpls_entry_decode(hdr);
/* RFC6790 - reserved labels MUST NOT be used as keys
* for the load-balancing function
*/
if (likely(dec.label >= MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED)) {
hash = jhash_1word(dec.label, hash);
/* The entropy label follows the entropy label
* indicator, so this means that the entropy
* label was just added to the hash - no need to
* go any deeper either in the label stack or in the
* payload
*/
if (eli_seen)
break;
} else if (dec.label == MPLS_LABEL_ENTROPY) {
eli_seen = true;
}
net: mpls: Fix multipath selection for LSR use case MPLS multipath for LSR is broken -- always selecting the first nexthop in the one label case. For example: $ ip -f mpls ro ls 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 300 via inet 172.16.3.2 dev virt13 101 nexthop as to 201 via inet6 2000:2::2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 301 via inet6 2000:3::2 dev virt13 In this example incoming packets have a single MPLS labels which means BOS bit is set. The BOS bit is passed from mpls_forward down to mpls_multipath_hash which never processes the hash loop because BOS is 1. Update mpls_multipath_hash to process the entire label stack. mpls_hdr_len tracks the total mpls header length on each pass (on pass N mpls_hdr_len is N * sizeof(mpls_shim_hdr)). When the label is found with the BOS set it verifies the skb has sufficient header for ipv4 or ipv6, and find the IPv4 and IPv6 header by using the last mpls_hdr pointer and adding 1 to advance past it. With these changes I have verified the code correctly sees the label, BOS, IPv4 and IPv6 addresses in the network header and icmp/tcp/udp traffic for ipv4 and ipv6 are distributed across the nexthops. Fixes: 1c78efa8319ca ("mpls: flow-based multipath selection") Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-20 20:58:34 +00:00
if (!dec.bos)
continue;
/* found bottom label; does skb have room for a header? */
if (pskb_may_pull(skb, mpls_hdr_len + sizeof(struct iphdr))) {
mpls: flow-based multipath selection Change the selection of a multipath route to use a flow-based hash. This more suitable for traffic sensitive to reordering within a flow (e.g. TCP, L2VPN) and whilst still allowing a good distribution of traffic given enough flows. Selection of the path for a multipath route is done using a hash of: 1. Label stack up to MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS labels or up to and including entropy label, whichever is first. 2. 3-tuple of (L3 src, L3 dst, proto) from IPv4/IPv6 header in MPLS payload, if present. Naturally, a 5-tuple hash using L4 information in addition would be possible and be better in some scenarios, but there is a tradeoff between looking deeper into the packet to achieve good distribution, and packet forwarding performance, and I have erred on the side of the latter as the default. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:28 +00:00
const struct iphdr *v4hdr;
net: mpls: Fix multipath selection for LSR use case MPLS multipath for LSR is broken -- always selecting the first nexthop in the one label case. For example: $ ip -f mpls ro ls 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 300 via inet 172.16.3.2 dev virt13 101 nexthop as to 201 via inet6 2000:2::2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 301 via inet6 2000:3::2 dev virt13 In this example incoming packets have a single MPLS labels which means BOS bit is set. The BOS bit is passed from mpls_forward down to mpls_multipath_hash which never processes the hash loop because BOS is 1. Update mpls_multipath_hash to process the entire label stack. mpls_hdr_len tracks the total mpls header length on each pass (on pass N mpls_hdr_len is N * sizeof(mpls_shim_hdr)). When the label is found with the BOS set it verifies the skb has sufficient header for ipv4 or ipv6, and find the IPv4 and IPv6 header by using the last mpls_hdr pointer and adding 1 to advance past it. With these changes I have verified the code correctly sees the label, BOS, IPv4 and IPv6 addresses in the network header and icmp/tcp/udp traffic for ipv4 and ipv6 are distributed across the nexthops. Fixes: 1c78efa8319ca ("mpls: flow-based multipath selection") Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-20 20:58:34 +00:00
v4hdr = (const struct iphdr *)(hdr + 1);
mpls: flow-based multipath selection Change the selection of a multipath route to use a flow-based hash. This more suitable for traffic sensitive to reordering within a flow (e.g. TCP, L2VPN) and whilst still allowing a good distribution of traffic given enough flows. Selection of the path for a multipath route is done using a hash of: 1. Label stack up to MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS labels or up to and including entropy label, whichever is first. 2. 3-tuple of (L3 src, L3 dst, proto) from IPv4/IPv6 header in MPLS payload, if present. Naturally, a 5-tuple hash using L4 information in addition would be possible and be better in some scenarios, but there is a tradeoff between looking deeper into the packet to achieve good distribution, and packet forwarding performance, and I have erred on the side of the latter as the default. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:28 +00:00
if (v4hdr->version == 4) {
hash = jhash_3words(ntohl(v4hdr->saddr),
ntohl(v4hdr->daddr),
v4hdr->protocol, hash);
} else if (v4hdr->version == 6 &&
net: mpls: Fix multipath selection for LSR use case MPLS multipath for LSR is broken -- always selecting the first nexthop in the one label case. For example: $ ip -f mpls ro ls 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 300 via inet 172.16.3.2 dev virt13 101 nexthop as to 201 via inet6 2000:2::2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 301 via inet6 2000:3::2 dev virt13 In this example incoming packets have a single MPLS labels which means BOS bit is set. The BOS bit is passed from mpls_forward down to mpls_multipath_hash which never processes the hash loop because BOS is 1. Update mpls_multipath_hash to process the entire label stack. mpls_hdr_len tracks the total mpls header length on each pass (on pass N mpls_hdr_len is N * sizeof(mpls_shim_hdr)). When the label is found with the BOS set it verifies the skb has sufficient header for ipv4 or ipv6, and find the IPv4 and IPv6 header by using the last mpls_hdr pointer and adding 1 to advance past it. With these changes I have verified the code correctly sees the label, BOS, IPv4 and IPv6 addresses in the network header and icmp/tcp/udp traffic for ipv4 and ipv6 are distributed across the nexthops. Fixes: 1c78efa8319ca ("mpls: flow-based multipath selection") Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-20 20:58:34 +00:00
pskb_may_pull(skb, mpls_hdr_len +
sizeof(struct ipv6hdr))) {
mpls: flow-based multipath selection Change the selection of a multipath route to use a flow-based hash. This more suitable for traffic sensitive to reordering within a flow (e.g. TCP, L2VPN) and whilst still allowing a good distribution of traffic given enough flows. Selection of the path for a multipath route is done using a hash of: 1. Label stack up to MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS labels or up to and including entropy label, whichever is first. 2. 3-tuple of (L3 src, L3 dst, proto) from IPv4/IPv6 header in MPLS payload, if present. Naturally, a 5-tuple hash using L4 information in addition would be possible and be better in some scenarios, but there is a tradeoff between looking deeper into the packet to achieve good distribution, and packet forwarding performance, and I have erred on the side of the latter as the default. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:28 +00:00
const struct ipv6hdr *v6hdr;
net: mpls: Fix multipath selection for LSR use case MPLS multipath for LSR is broken -- always selecting the first nexthop in the one label case. For example: $ ip -f mpls ro ls 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 300 via inet 172.16.3.2 dev virt13 101 nexthop as to 201 via inet6 2000:2::2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 301 via inet6 2000:3::2 dev virt13 In this example incoming packets have a single MPLS labels which means BOS bit is set. The BOS bit is passed from mpls_forward down to mpls_multipath_hash which never processes the hash loop because BOS is 1. Update mpls_multipath_hash to process the entire label stack. mpls_hdr_len tracks the total mpls header length on each pass (on pass N mpls_hdr_len is N * sizeof(mpls_shim_hdr)). When the label is found with the BOS set it verifies the skb has sufficient header for ipv4 or ipv6, and find the IPv4 and IPv6 header by using the last mpls_hdr pointer and adding 1 to advance past it. With these changes I have verified the code correctly sees the label, BOS, IPv4 and IPv6 addresses in the network header and icmp/tcp/udp traffic for ipv4 and ipv6 are distributed across the nexthops. Fixes: 1c78efa8319ca ("mpls: flow-based multipath selection") Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-20 20:58:34 +00:00
v6hdr = (const struct ipv6hdr *)(hdr + 1);
mpls: flow-based multipath selection Change the selection of a multipath route to use a flow-based hash. This more suitable for traffic sensitive to reordering within a flow (e.g. TCP, L2VPN) and whilst still allowing a good distribution of traffic given enough flows. Selection of the path for a multipath route is done using a hash of: 1. Label stack up to MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS labels or up to and including entropy label, whichever is first. 2. 3-tuple of (L3 src, L3 dst, proto) from IPv4/IPv6 header in MPLS payload, if present. Naturally, a 5-tuple hash using L4 information in addition would be possible and be better in some scenarios, but there is a tradeoff between looking deeper into the packet to achieve good distribution, and packet forwarding performance, and I have erred on the side of the latter as the default. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:28 +00:00
hash = __ipv6_addr_jhash(&v6hdr->saddr, hash);
hash = __ipv6_addr_jhash(&v6hdr->daddr, hash);
hash = jhash_1word(v6hdr->nexthdr, hash);
}
}
net: mpls: Fix multipath selection for LSR use case MPLS multipath for LSR is broken -- always selecting the first nexthop in the one label case. For example: $ ip -f mpls ro ls 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 300 via inet 172.16.3.2 dev virt13 101 nexthop as to 201 via inet6 2000:2::2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 301 via inet6 2000:3::2 dev virt13 In this example incoming packets have a single MPLS labels which means BOS bit is set. The BOS bit is passed from mpls_forward down to mpls_multipath_hash which never processes the hash loop because BOS is 1. Update mpls_multipath_hash to process the entire label stack. mpls_hdr_len tracks the total mpls header length on each pass (on pass N mpls_hdr_len is N * sizeof(mpls_shim_hdr)). When the label is found with the BOS set it verifies the skb has sufficient header for ipv4 or ipv6, and find the IPv4 and IPv6 header by using the last mpls_hdr pointer and adding 1 to advance past it. With these changes I have verified the code correctly sees the label, BOS, IPv4 and IPv6 addresses in the network header and icmp/tcp/udp traffic for ipv4 and ipv6 are distributed across the nexthops. Fixes: 1c78efa8319ca ("mpls: flow-based multipath selection") Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-20 20:58:34 +00:00
break;
mpls: flow-based multipath selection Change the selection of a multipath route to use a flow-based hash. This more suitable for traffic sensitive to reordering within a flow (e.g. TCP, L2VPN) and whilst still allowing a good distribution of traffic given enough flows. Selection of the path for a multipath route is done using a hash of: 1. Label stack up to MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS labels or up to and including entropy label, whichever is first. 2. 3-tuple of (L3 src, L3 dst, proto) from IPv4/IPv6 header in MPLS payload, if present. Naturally, a 5-tuple hash using L4 information in addition would be possible and be better in some scenarios, but there is a tradeoff between looking deeper into the packet to achieve good distribution, and packet forwarding performance, and I have erred on the side of the latter as the default. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:28 +00:00
}
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
return hash;
}
net: mpls: change mpls_route layout Move labels to the end of mpls_nh as a 0-sized array and within mpls_route move the via for a nexthop after the mpls_nh. The new layout becomes: +----------------------+ | mpls_route | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | 4 bytes for odd number of labels; 0 for even +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | via's aligned on sizeof(unsigned long) +----------------------+ | ... | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh n-1 | +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] n-1 | +----------------------+ Memory allocated for nexthop + via is constant across all nexthops and their via. It is based on the maximum number of labels across all nexthops and the maximum via length. The size is saved in the mpls_route as rt_nh_size. Accessing a nexthop becomes rt->rt_nh + index * rt->rt_nh_size. The offset of the via address from a nexthop is saved as rt_via_offset so that given an mpls_nh pointer the via for that hop is simply nh + rt->rt_via_offset. With prior code, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop: via is an ethernet address - 64 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 64 via is an ipv6 address - 72 With this patch set, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop and 1 or 2 labels: via is an ethernet address - 56 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 56 via is an ipv6 address - 64 The 8-byte reduction is due to the previous patch; the change introduced by this patch has no impact on the size of allocations for 1 or 2 labels. Performance impact of this change was examined using network namespaces with veth pairs connecting namespaces. ns0 inserts the packet to the label-switched path using an lwt route with encap mpls. ns1 adds 1 or 2 labels depending on test, ns2 (and ns3 for 2-label test) pops the label and forwards. ns3 (or ns4) for a 2-label is the destination. Similar series of namespaces used for 2-nexthop test. Intent is to measure changes to latency (overhead in manipulating the packet) in the forwarding path. Tests used netperf with UDP_RR. IPv4: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 29908 30115 2 label, 1 nexthop 29071 29612 1 label, 2 nexthop 29582 29776 2 label, 2 nexthop 29086 29149 IPv6: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 24502 24960 2 label, 1 nexthop 24041 24407 1 label, 2 nexthop 23795 23899 2 label, 2 nexthop 23074 22959 In short, the change has no effect to a modest increase in performance. This is expected since this patch does not really have an impact on routes with 1 or 2 labels (the current limit) and 1 or 2 nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:01 +00:00
static struct mpls_nh *mpls_get_nexthop(struct mpls_route *rt, u8 index)
{
return (struct mpls_nh *)((u8 *)rt->rt_nh + index * rt->rt_nh_size);
}
net: mpls: rt_nhn_alive and nh_flags should be accessed using READ_ONCE The number of alive nexthops for a route (rt->rt_nhn_alive) and the flags for a next hop (nh->nh_flags) are modified by netdev event handlers. The event handlers run with rtnl_lock held so updates are always done with the lock held. The packet path accesses the fields under the rcu lock. Since those fields can change at any moment in the packet path, both fields should be accessed using READ_ONCE. Updates to both fields should use WRITE_ONCE. Update mpls_select_multipath (packet path) and mpls_ifdown and mpls_ifup (event handlers) accordingly. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:13:59 +00:00
/* number of alive nexthops (rt->rt_nhn_alive) and the flags for
* a next hop (nh->nh_flags) are modified by netdev event handlers.
* Since those fields can change at any moment, use READ_ONCE to
* access both.
*/
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
static struct mpls_nh *mpls_select_multipath(struct mpls_route *rt,
net: mpls: Fix multipath selection for LSR use case MPLS multipath for LSR is broken -- always selecting the first nexthop in the one label case. For example: $ ip -f mpls ro ls 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 300 via inet 172.16.3.2 dev virt13 101 nexthop as to 201 via inet6 2000:2::2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 301 via inet6 2000:3::2 dev virt13 In this example incoming packets have a single MPLS labels which means BOS bit is set. The BOS bit is passed from mpls_forward down to mpls_multipath_hash which never processes the hash loop because BOS is 1. Update mpls_multipath_hash to process the entire label stack. mpls_hdr_len tracks the total mpls header length on each pass (on pass N mpls_hdr_len is N * sizeof(mpls_shim_hdr)). When the label is found with the BOS set it verifies the skb has sufficient header for ipv4 or ipv6, and find the IPv4 and IPv6 header by using the last mpls_hdr pointer and adding 1 to advance past it. With these changes I have verified the code correctly sees the label, BOS, IPv4 and IPv6 addresses in the network header and icmp/tcp/udp traffic for ipv4 and ipv6 are distributed across the nexthops. Fixes: 1c78efa8319ca ("mpls: flow-based multipath selection") Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-20 20:58:34 +00:00
struct sk_buff *skb)
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
{
u32 hash = 0;
int nh_index = 0;
int n = 0;
net: mpls: Convert number of nexthops to u8 Number of nexthops and number of alive nexthops are tracked using an unsigned int. A route should never have more than 255 nexthops so convert both to u8. Update all references and intermediate variables to consistently use u8 as well. Shrinks the size of mpls_route from 32 bytes to 24 bytes with a 2-byte hole before the nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:00 +00:00
u8 alive;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
/* No need to look further into packet if there's only
* one path
*/
if (rt->rt_nhn == 1)
net: mpls: change mpls_route layout Move labels to the end of mpls_nh as a 0-sized array and within mpls_route move the via for a nexthop after the mpls_nh. The new layout becomes: +----------------------+ | mpls_route | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | 4 bytes for odd number of labels; 0 for even +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | via's aligned on sizeof(unsigned long) +----------------------+ | ... | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh n-1 | +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] n-1 | +----------------------+ Memory allocated for nexthop + via is constant across all nexthops and their via. It is based on the maximum number of labels across all nexthops and the maximum via length. The size is saved in the mpls_route as rt_nh_size. Accessing a nexthop becomes rt->rt_nh + index * rt->rt_nh_size. The offset of the via address from a nexthop is saved as rt_via_offset so that given an mpls_nh pointer the via for that hop is simply nh + rt->rt_via_offset. With prior code, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop: via is an ethernet address - 64 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 64 via is an ipv6 address - 72 With this patch set, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop and 1 or 2 labels: via is an ethernet address - 56 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 56 via is an ipv6 address - 64 The 8-byte reduction is due to the previous patch; the change introduced by this patch has no impact on the size of allocations for 1 or 2 labels. Performance impact of this change was examined using network namespaces with veth pairs connecting namespaces. ns0 inserts the packet to the label-switched path using an lwt route with encap mpls. ns1 adds 1 or 2 labels depending on test, ns2 (and ns3 for 2-label test) pops the label and forwards. ns3 (or ns4) for a 2-label is the destination. Similar series of namespaces used for 2-nexthop test. Intent is to measure changes to latency (overhead in manipulating the packet) in the forwarding path. Tests used netperf with UDP_RR. IPv4: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 29908 30115 2 label, 1 nexthop 29071 29612 1 label, 2 nexthop 29582 29776 2 label, 2 nexthop 29086 29149 IPv6: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 24502 24960 2 label, 1 nexthop 24041 24407 1 label, 2 nexthop 23795 23899 2 label, 2 nexthop 23074 22959 In short, the change has no effect to a modest increase in performance. This is expected since this patch does not really have an impact on routes with 1 or 2 labels (the current limit) and 1 or 2 nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:01 +00:00
return rt->rt_nh;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
net: mpls: rt_nhn_alive and nh_flags should be accessed using READ_ONCE The number of alive nexthops for a route (rt->rt_nhn_alive) and the flags for a next hop (nh->nh_flags) are modified by netdev event handlers. The event handlers run with rtnl_lock held so updates are always done with the lock held. The packet path accesses the fields under the rcu lock. Since those fields can change at any moment in the packet path, both fields should be accessed using READ_ONCE. Updates to both fields should use WRITE_ONCE. Update mpls_select_multipath (packet path) and mpls_ifdown and mpls_ifup (event handlers) accordingly. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:13:59 +00:00
alive = READ_ONCE(rt->rt_nhn_alive);
if (alive == 0)
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
return NULL;
net: mpls: Fix multipath selection for LSR use case MPLS multipath for LSR is broken -- always selecting the first nexthop in the one label case. For example: $ ip -f mpls ro ls 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 300 via inet 172.16.3.2 dev virt13 101 nexthop as to 201 via inet6 2000:2::2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 301 via inet6 2000:3::2 dev virt13 In this example incoming packets have a single MPLS labels which means BOS bit is set. The BOS bit is passed from mpls_forward down to mpls_multipath_hash which never processes the hash loop because BOS is 1. Update mpls_multipath_hash to process the entire label stack. mpls_hdr_len tracks the total mpls header length on each pass (on pass N mpls_hdr_len is N * sizeof(mpls_shim_hdr)). When the label is found with the BOS set it verifies the skb has sufficient header for ipv4 or ipv6, and find the IPv4 and IPv6 header by using the last mpls_hdr pointer and adding 1 to advance past it. With these changes I have verified the code correctly sees the label, BOS, IPv4 and IPv6 addresses in the network header and icmp/tcp/udp traffic for ipv4 and ipv6 are distributed across the nexthops. Fixes: 1c78efa8319ca ("mpls: flow-based multipath selection") Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-20 20:58:34 +00:00
hash = mpls_multipath_hash(rt, skb);
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
nh_index = hash % alive;
if (alive == rt->rt_nhn)
goto out;
for_nexthops(rt) {
net: mpls: rt_nhn_alive and nh_flags should be accessed using READ_ONCE The number of alive nexthops for a route (rt->rt_nhn_alive) and the flags for a next hop (nh->nh_flags) are modified by netdev event handlers. The event handlers run with rtnl_lock held so updates are always done with the lock held. The packet path accesses the fields under the rcu lock. Since those fields can change at any moment in the packet path, both fields should be accessed using READ_ONCE. Updates to both fields should use WRITE_ONCE. Update mpls_select_multipath (packet path) and mpls_ifdown and mpls_ifup (event handlers) accordingly. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:13:59 +00:00
unsigned int nh_flags = READ_ONCE(nh->nh_flags);
if (nh_flags & (RTNH_F_DEAD | RTNH_F_LINKDOWN))
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
continue;
if (n == nh_index)
return nh;
n++;
} endfor_nexthops(rt);
mpls: flow-based multipath selection Change the selection of a multipath route to use a flow-based hash. This more suitable for traffic sensitive to reordering within a flow (e.g. TCP, L2VPN) and whilst still allowing a good distribution of traffic given enough flows. Selection of the path for a multipath route is done using a hash of: 1. Label stack up to MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS labels or up to and including entropy label, whichever is first. 2. 3-tuple of (L3 src, L3 dst, proto) from IPv4/IPv6 header in MPLS payload, if present. Naturally, a 5-tuple hash using L4 information in addition would be possible and be better in some scenarios, but there is a tradeoff between looking deeper into the packet to achieve good distribution, and packet forwarding performance, and I have erred on the side of the latter as the default. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:28 +00:00
out:
net: mpls: change mpls_route layout Move labels to the end of mpls_nh as a 0-sized array and within mpls_route move the via for a nexthop after the mpls_nh. The new layout becomes: +----------------------+ | mpls_route | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | 4 bytes for odd number of labels; 0 for even +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | via's aligned on sizeof(unsigned long) +----------------------+ | ... | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh n-1 | +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] n-1 | +----------------------+ Memory allocated for nexthop + via is constant across all nexthops and their via. It is based on the maximum number of labels across all nexthops and the maximum via length. The size is saved in the mpls_route as rt_nh_size. Accessing a nexthop becomes rt->rt_nh + index * rt->rt_nh_size. The offset of the via address from a nexthop is saved as rt_via_offset so that given an mpls_nh pointer the via for that hop is simply nh + rt->rt_via_offset. With prior code, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop: via is an ethernet address - 64 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 64 via is an ipv6 address - 72 With this patch set, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop and 1 or 2 labels: via is an ethernet address - 56 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 56 via is an ipv6 address - 64 The 8-byte reduction is due to the previous patch; the change introduced by this patch has no impact on the size of allocations for 1 or 2 labels. Performance impact of this change was examined using network namespaces with veth pairs connecting namespaces. ns0 inserts the packet to the label-switched path using an lwt route with encap mpls. ns1 adds 1 or 2 labels depending on test, ns2 (and ns3 for 2-label test) pops the label and forwards. ns3 (or ns4) for a 2-label is the destination. Similar series of namespaces used for 2-nexthop test. Intent is to measure changes to latency (overhead in manipulating the packet) in the forwarding path. Tests used netperf with UDP_RR. IPv4: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 29908 30115 2 label, 1 nexthop 29071 29612 1 label, 2 nexthop 29582 29776 2 label, 2 nexthop 29086 29149 IPv6: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 24502 24960 2 label, 1 nexthop 24041 24407 1 label, 2 nexthop 23795 23899 2 label, 2 nexthop 23074 22959 In short, the change has no effect to a modest increase in performance. This is expected since this patch does not really have an impact on routes with 1 or 2 labels (the current limit) and 1 or 2 nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:01 +00:00
return mpls_get_nexthop(rt, nh_index);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
}
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
static bool mpls_egress(struct net *net, struct mpls_route *rt,
struct sk_buff *skb, struct mpls_entry_decoded dec)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
{
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 10:04:56 +00:00
enum mpls_payload_type payload_type;
bool success = false;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
mpls: In mpls_egress verify the packet length. Reobert Shearman noticed that mpls_egress is failing to verify that the bytes to be examined are in fact present in the packet before mpls_egress reads those bytes. As suggested by David Miller reduce this to a single pskb_may_pull call so that we don't do unnecessary work in the fast path. Reported-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-12 23:22:59 +00:00
/* The IPv4 code below accesses through the IPv4 header
* checksum, which is 12 bytes into the packet.
* The IPv6 code below accesses through the IPv6 hop limit
* which is 8 bytes into the packet.
*
* For all supported cases there should always be at least 12
* bytes of packet data present. The IPv4 header is 20 bytes
* without options and the IPv6 header is always 40 bytes
* long.
*/
if (!pskb_may_pull(skb, 12))
return false;
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 10:04:56 +00:00
payload_type = rt->rt_payload_type;
if (payload_type == MPT_UNSPEC)
payload_type = ip_hdr(skb)->version;
switch (payload_type) {
case MPT_IPV4: {
struct iphdr *hdr4 = ip_hdr(skb);
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
u8 new_ttl;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
skb->protocol = htons(ETH_P_IP);
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
/* If propagating TTL, take the decremented TTL from
* the incoming MPLS header, otherwise decrement the
* TTL, but only if not 0 to avoid underflow.
*/
if (rt->rt_ttl_propagate == MPLS_TTL_PROP_ENABLED ||
(rt->rt_ttl_propagate == MPLS_TTL_PROP_DEFAULT &&
net->mpls.ip_ttl_propagate))
new_ttl = dec.ttl;
else
new_ttl = hdr4->ttl ? hdr4->ttl - 1 : 0;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
csum_replace2(&hdr4->check,
htons(hdr4->ttl << 8),
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
htons(new_ttl << 8));
hdr4->ttl = new_ttl;
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 10:04:56 +00:00
success = true;
break;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
}
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 10:04:56 +00:00
case MPT_IPV6: {
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
struct ipv6hdr *hdr6 = ipv6_hdr(skb);
skb->protocol = htons(ETH_P_IPV6);
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
/* If propagating TTL, take the decremented TTL from
* the incoming MPLS header, otherwise decrement the
* hop limit, but only if not 0 to avoid underflow.
*/
if (rt->rt_ttl_propagate == MPLS_TTL_PROP_ENABLED ||
(rt->rt_ttl_propagate == MPLS_TTL_PROP_DEFAULT &&
net->mpls.ip_ttl_propagate))
hdr6->hop_limit = dec.ttl;
else if (hdr6->hop_limit)
hdr6->hop_limit = hdr6->hop_limit - 1;
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 10:04:56 +00:00
success = true;
break;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
}
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 10:04:56 +00:00
case MPT_UNSPEC:
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
/* Should have decided which protocol it is by now */
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 10:04:56 +00:00
break;
}
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
return success;
}
static int mpls_forward(struct sk_buff *skb, struct net_device *dev,
struct packet_type *pt, struct net_device *orig_dev)
{
struct net *net = dev_net(dev);
struct mpls_shim_hdr *hdr;
struct mpls_route *rt;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
struct mpls_nh *nh;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
struct mpls_entry_decoded dec;
struct net_device *out_dev;
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
struct mpls_dev *out_mdev;
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:37 +00:00
struct mpls_dev *mdev;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
unsigned int hh_len;
unsigned int new_header_size;
unsigned int mtu;
int err;
/* Careful this entire function runs inside of an rcu critical section */
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:37 +00:00
mdev = mpls_dev_get(dev);
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
if (!mdev)
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:37 +00:00
goto drop;
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
MPLS_INC_STATS_LEN(mdev, skb->len, rx_packets,
rx_bytes);
if (!mdev->input_enabled) {
MPLS_INC_STATS(mdev, rx_dropped);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
goto drop;
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
}
if (skb->pkt_type != PACKET_HOST)
goto err;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
if ((skb = skb_share_check(skb, GFP_ATOMIC)) == NULL)
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
goto err;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
if (!pskb_may_pull(skb, sizeof(*hdr)))
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
goto err;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
/* Read and decode the label */
hdr = mpls_hdr(skb);
dec = mpls_entry_decode(hdr);
rt = mpls_route_input_rcu(net, dec.label);
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
if (!rt) {
MPLS_INC_STATS(mdev, rx_noroute);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
goto drop;
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
}
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
net: mpls: Fix multipath selection for LSR use case MPLS multipath for LSR is broken -- always selecting the first nexthop in the one label case. For example: $ ip -f mpls ro ls 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 300 via inet 172.16.3.2 dev virt13 101 nexthop as to 201 via inet6 2000:2::2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 301 via inet6 2000:3::2 dev virt13 In this example incoming packets have a single MPLS labels which means BOS bit is set. The BOS bit is passed from mpls_forward down to mpls_multipath_hash which never processes the hash loop because BOS is 1. Update mpls_multipath_hash to process the entire label stack. mpls_hdr_len tracks the total mpls header length on each pass (on pass N mpls_hdr_len is N * sizeof(mpls_shim_hdr)). When the label is found with the BOS set it verifies the skb has sufficient header for ipv4 or ipv6, and find the IPv4 and IPv6 header by using the last mpls_hdr pointer and adding 1 to advance past it. With these changes I have verified the code correctly sees the label, BOS, IPv4 and IPv6 addresses in the network header and icmp/tcp/udp traffic for ipv4 and ipv6 are distributed across the nexthops. Fixes: 1c78efa8319ca ("mpls: flow-based multipath selection") Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-20 20:58:34 +00:00
nh = mpls_select_multipath(rt, skb);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (!nh)
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
goto err;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
net: mpls: Fix multipath selection for LSR use case MPLS multipath for LSR is broken -- always selecting the first nexthop in the one label case. For example: $ ip -f mpls ro ls 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 300 via inet 172.16.3.2 dev virt13 101 nexthop as to 201 via inet6 2000:2::2 dev virt12 nexthop as to 301 via inet6 2000:3::2 dev virt13 In this example incoming packets have a single MPLS labels which means BOS bit is set. The BOS bit is passed from mpls_forward down to mpls_multipath_hash which never processes the hash loop because BOS is 1. Update mpls_multipath_hash to process the entire label stack. mpls_hdr_len tracks the total mpls header length on each pass (on pass N mpls_hdr_len is N * sizeof(mpls_shim_hdr)). When the label is found with the BOS set it verifies the skb has sufficient header for ipv4 or ipv6, and find the IPv4 and IPv6 header by using the last mpls_hdr pointer and adding 1 to advance past it. With these changes I have verified the code correctly sees the label, BOS, IPv4 and IPv6 addresses in the network header and icmp/tcp/udp traffic for ipv4 and ipv6 are distributed across the nexthops. Fixes: 1c78efa8319ca ("mpls: flow-based multipath selection") Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-20 20:58:34 +00:00
/* Pop the label */
skb_pull(skb, sizeof(*hdr));
skb_reset_network_header(skb);
skb_orphan(skb);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
if (skb_warn_if_lro(skb))
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
goto err;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
skb_forward_csum(skb);
/* Verify ttl is valid */
mpls: Correct the ttl decrement. According to RFC3032 section 2.4.2 packets with an outgoing ttl of 0 MUST NOT be forwarded. According to section 2.4.1 an outgoing TTL of 0 comes from an incomming TTL <= 1. Therefore any packets that is received with a ttl <= 1 should not have it's ttl decremented and forwarded. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:23:23 +00:00
if (dec.ttl <= 1)
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
goto err;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
dec.ttl -= 1;
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
/* Find the output device */
out_dev = rcu_dereference(nh->nh_dev);
if (!mpls_output_possible(out_dev))
goto tx_err;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
/* Verify the destination can hold the packet */
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
new_header_size = mpls_nh_header_size(nh);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
mtu = mpls_dev_mtu(out_dev);
if (mpls_pkt_too_big(skb, mtu - new_header_size))
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
goto tx_err;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
hh_len = LL_RESERVED_SPACE(out_dev);
if (!out_dev->header_ops)
hh_len = 0;
/* Ensure there is enough space for the headers in the skb */
if (skb_cow(skb, hh_len + new_header_size))
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
goto tx_err;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
skb->dev = out_dev;
skb->protocol = htons(ETH_P_MPLS_UC);
if (unlikely(!new_header_size && dec.bos)) {
/* Penultimate hop popping */
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
if (!mpls_egress(dev_net(out_dev), rt, skb, dec))
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
goto err;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
} else {
bool bos;
int i;
skb_push(skb, new_header_size);
skb_reset_network_header(skb);
/* Push the new labels */
hdr = mpls_hdr(skb);
bos = dec.bos;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
for (i = nh->nh_labels - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
hdr[i] = mpls_entry_encode(nh->nh_label[i],
dec.ttl, 0, bos);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
bos = false;
}
}
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
mpls_stats_inc_outucastpkts(out_dev, skb);
mpls: fix out-of-bounds access when via address not specified When a via address isn't specified, the via table is left initialised to 0 (NEIGH_ARP_TABLE), and the via address length also left initialised to 0. This results in a via address array of length 0 being allocated (contiguous with route and nexthop array), meaning that when a packet is sent using neigh_xmit the neighbour lookup and creation will cause an out-of-bounds access when accessing the 4 bytes of the IPv4 address it assumes it has been given a pointer to. This could be fixed by allocating the 4 bytes of via address necessary and leaving it as all zeroes. However, it seems wrong to me to use an ipv4 nexthop (including possibly ARPing for 0.0.0.0) when the user didn't specify to do so. Instead, set the via address table to NEIGH_NR_TABLES to signify it hasn't been specified and use this at forwarding time to signify a neigh_xmit using an L2 address consisting of the device address. This mechanism is the same as that used for both ARP and ND for loopback interfaces and those flagged as no-arp, which are all we can really support in this case. Fixes: cf4b24f0024f ("mpls: reduce memory usage of routes") Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-10 19:30:50 +00:00
/* If via wasn't specified then send out using device address */
if (nh->nh_via_table == MPLS_NEIGH_TABLE_UNSPEC)
err = neigh_xmit(NEIGH_LINK_TABLE, out_dev,
out_dev->dev_addr, skb);
else
err = neigh_xmit(nh->nh_via_table, out_dev,
mpls_nh_via(rt, nh), skb);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
if (err)
net_dbg_ratelimited("%s: packet transmission failed: %d\n",
__func__, err);
return 0;
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
tx_err:
out_mdev = out_dev ? mpls_dev_get(out_dev) : NULL;
if (out_mdev)
MPLS_INC_STATS(out_mdev, tx_errors);
goto drop;
err:
MPLS_INC_STATS(mdev, rx_errors);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
drop:
kfree_skb(skb);
return NET_RX_DROP;
}
static struct packet_type mpls_packet_type __read_mostly = {
.type = cpu_to_be16(ETH_P_MPLS_UC),
.func = mpls_forward,
};
mpls: rtm_mpls_policy[] can be static Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 21:33:54 +00:00
static const struct nla_policy rtm_mpls_policy[RTA_MAX+1] = {
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
[RTA_DST] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
[RTA_OIF] = { .type = NLA_U32 },
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
[RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE] = { .type = NLA_U8 },
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
};
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:12:40 +00:00
struct mpls_route_config {
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 10:04:56 +00:00
u32 rc_protocol;
u32 rc_ifindex;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
u8 rc_via_table;
u8 rc_via_alen;
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 10:04:56 +00:00
u8 rc_via[MAX_VIA_ALEN];
u32 rc_label;
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
u8 rc_ttl_propagate;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
u8 rc_output_labels;
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 10:04:56 +00:00
u32 rc_output_label[MAX_NEW_LABELS];
u32 rc_nlflags;
enum mpls_payload_type rc_payload_type;
struct nl_info rc_nlinfo;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
struct rtnexthop *rc_mp;
int rc_mp_len;
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:12:40 +00:00
};
net: mpls: change mpls_route layout Move labels to the end of mpls_nh as a 0-sized array and within mpls_route move the via for a nexthop after the mpls_nh. The new layout becomes: +----------------------+ | mpls_route | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | 4 bytes for odd number of labels; 0 for even +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | via's aligned on sizeof(unsigned long) +----------------------+ | ... | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh n-1 | +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] n-1 | +----------------------+ Memory allocated for nexthop + via is constant across all nexthops and their via. It is based on the maximum number of labels across all nexthops and the maximum via length. The size is saved in the mpls_route as rt_nh_size. Accessing a nexthop becomes rt->rt_nh + index * rt->rt_nh_size. The offset of the via address from a nexthop is saved as rt_via_offset so that given an mpls_nh pointer the via for that hop is simply nh + rt->rt_via_offset. With prior code, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop: via is an ethernet address - 64 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 64 via is an ipv6 address - 72 With this patch set, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop and 1 or 2 labels: via is an ethernet address - 56 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 56 via is an ipv6 address - 64 The 8-byte reduction is due to the previous patch; the change introduced by this patch has no impact on the size of allocations for 1 or 2 labels. Performance impact of this change was examined using network namespaces with veth pairs connecting namespaces. ns0 inserts the packet to the label-switched path using an lwt route with encap mpls. ns1 adds 1 or 2 labels depending on test, ns2 (and ns3 for 2-label test) pops the label and forwards. ns3 (or ns4) for a 2-label is the destination. Similar series of namespaces used for 2-nexthop test. Intent is to measure changes to latency (overhead in manipulating the packet) in the forwarding path. Tests used netperf with UDP_RR. IPv4: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 29908 30115 2 label, 1 nexthop 29071 29612 1 label, 2 nexthop 29582 29776 2 label, 2 nexthop 29086 29149 IPv6: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 24502 24960 2 label, 1 nexthop 24041 24407 1 label, 2 nexthop 23795 23899 2 label, 2 nexthop 23074 22959 In short, the change has no effect to a modest increase in performance. This is expected since this patch does not really have an impact on routes with 1 or 2 labels (the current limit) and 1 or 2 nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:01 +00:00
/* all nexthops within a route have the same size based on max
* number of labels and max via length for a hop
*/
static struct mpls_route *mpls_rt_alloc(u8 num_nh, u8 max_alen, u8 max_labels)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
{
net: mpls: change mpls_route layout Move labels to the end of mpls_nh as a 0-sized array and within mpls_route move the via for a nexthop after the mpls_nh. The new layout becomes: +----------------------+ | mpls_route | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | 4 bytes for odd number of labels; 0 for even +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] 0 | +----------------------+ | alignment padding | via's aligned on sizeof(unsigned long) +----------------------+ | ... | +----------------------+ | mpls_nh n-1 | +----------------------+ | via[rt_max_alen] n-1 | +----------------------+ Memory allocated for nexthop + via is constant across all nexthops and their via. It is based on the maximum number of labels across all nexthops and the maximum via length. The size is saved in the mpls_route as rt_nh_size. Accessing a nexthop becomes rt->rt_nh + index * rt->rt_nh_size. The offset of the via address from a nexthop is saved as rt_via_offset so that given an mpls_nh pointer the via for that hop is simply nh + rt->rt_via_offset. With prior code, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop: via is an ethernet address - 64 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 64 via is an ipv6 address - 72 With this patch set, memory allocated per mpls_route with 1 nexthop and 1 or 2 labels: via is an ethernet address - 56 bytes via is an ipv4 address - 56 via is an ipv6 address - 64 The 8-byte reduction is due to the previous patch; the change introduced by this patch has no impact on the size of allocations for 1 or 2 labels. Performance impact of this change was examined using network namespaces with veth pairs connecting namespaces. ns0 inserts the packet to the label-switched path using an lwt route with encap mpls. ns1 adds 1 or 2 labels depending on test, ns2 (and ns3 for 2-label test) pops the label and forwards. ns3 (or ns4) for a 2-label is the destination. Similar series of namespaces used for 2-nexthop test. Intent is to measure changes to latency (overhead in manipulating the packet) in the forwarding path. Tests used netperf with UDP_RR. IPv4: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 29908 30115 2 label, 1 nexthop 29071 29612 1 label, 2 nexthop 29582 29776 2 label, 2 nexthop 29086 29149 IPv6: current patches 1 label, 1 nexthop 24502 24960 2 label, 1 nexthop 24041 24407 1 label, 2 nexthop 23795 23899 2 label, 2 nexthop 23074 22959 In short, the change has no effect to a modest increase in performance. This is expected since this patch does not really have an impact on routes with 1 or 2 labels (the current limit) and 1 or 2 nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:01 +00:00
u8 nh_size = MPLS_NH_SIZE(max_labels, max_alen);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
struct mpls_route *rt;
net: mpls: Limit memory allocation for mpls_route Limit memory allocation size for mpls_route to 4096. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:02 +00:00
size_t size;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
net: mpls: Limit memory allocation for mpls_route Limit memory allocation size for mpls_route to 4096. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:02 +00:00
size = sizeof(*rt) + num_nh * nh_size;
if (size > MAX_MPLS_ROUTE_MEM)
return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL);
rt = kzalloc(size, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!rt)
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
rt->rt_nhn = num_nh;
rt->rt_nhn_alive = num_nh;
rt->rt_nh_size = nh_size;
rt->rt_via_offset = MPLS_NH_VIA_OFF(max_labels);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
return rt;
}
static void mpls_rt_free(struct mpls_route *rt)
{
if (rt)
kfree_rcu(rt, rt_rcu);
}
mpls: Multicast route table change notifications Unlike IPv4 this code notifies on all cases where mpls routes are added or removed and it never automatically removes routes. Avoiding both the userspace confusion that is caused by omitting route updates and the possibility of a flood of netlink traffic when an interface goes doew. For now reserved labels are handled automatically and userspace is not notified. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:14:31 +00:00
static void mpls_notify_route(struct net *net, unsigned index,
struct mpls_route *old, struct mpls_route *new,
const struct nl_info *info)
{
struct nlmsghdr *nlh = info ? info->nlh : NULL;
unsigned portid = info ? info->portid : 0;
int event = new ? RTM_NEWROUTE : RTM_DELROUTE;
struct mpls_route *rt = new ? new : old;
unsigned nlm_flags = (old && new) ? NLM_F_REPLACE : 0;
/* Ignore reserved labels for now */
mpls: Use definition for reserved label checks In multiple locations there are checks for whether the label in hand is a reserved label or not using the arbritray value of 16. Factor this out into a #define for better maintainability and for documentation. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-03 16:50:04 +00:00
if (rt && (index >= MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED))
mpls: Multicast route table change notifications Unlike IPv4 this code notifies on all cases where mpls routes are added or removed and it never automatically removes routes. Avoiding both the userspace confusion that is caused by omitting route updates and the possibility of a flood of netlink traffic when an interface goes doew. For now reserved labels are handled automatically and userspace is not notified. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:14:31 +00:00
rtmsg_lfib(event, index, rt, nlh, net, portid, nlm_flags);
}
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
static void mpls_route_update(struct net *net, unsigned index,
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
struct mpls_route *new,
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
const struct nl_info *info)
{
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
struct mpls_route *rt;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
ASSERT_RTNL();
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
platform_label = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
rt = rtnl_dereference(platform_label[index]);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
rcu_assign_pointer(platform_label[index], new);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
mpls_notify_route(net, index, rt, new, info);
mpls: Multicast route table change notifications Unlike IPv4 this code notifies on all cases where mpls routes are added or removed and it never automatically removes routes. Avoiding both the userspace confusion that is caused by omitting route updates and the possibility of a flood of netlink traffic when an interface goes doew. For now reserved labels are handled automatically and userspace is not notified. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:14:31 +00:00
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
/* If we removed a route free it now */
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
mpls_rt_free(rt);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
}
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:12:40 +00:00
static unsigned find_free_label(struct net *net)
{
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label;
size_t platform_labels;
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:12:40 +00:00
unsigned index;
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
platform_label = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
platform_labels = net->mpls.platform_labels;
mpls: Use definition for reserved label checks In multiple locations there are checks for whether the label in hand is a reserved label or not using the arbritray value of 16. Factor this out into a #define for better maintainability and for documentation. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-03 16:50:04 +00:00
for (index = MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED; index < platform_labels;
index++) {
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
if (!rtnl_dereference(platform_label[index]))
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:12:40 +00:00
return index;
}
return LABEL_NOT_SPECIFIED;
}
af_mpls: fix undefined reference to ip6_route_output Undefined reference to ip6_route_output and ip_route_output was reported with CONFIG_INET=n and CONFIG_IPV6=n. This patch uses ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup instead of ip6_route_output. And wraps affected code under IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET) and IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6). Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-30 20:34:54 +00:00
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET)
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
static struct net_device *inet_fib_lookup_dev(struct net *net,
const void *addr)
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 16:16:24 +00:00
{
mpls: small cleanup in inet/inet6_fib_lookup_dev() We recently changed this code from returning NULL to returning ERR_PTR. There are some left over NULL assignments which we can remove. We can preserve the error code from ip_route_output() instead of always returning -ENODEV. Also these functions use a mix of gotos and direct returns. There is no cleanup necessary so I changed the gotos to direct returns. Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-04 07:44:22 +00:00
struct net_device *dev;
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 16:16:24 +00:00
struct rtable *rt;
struct in_addr daddr;
memcpy(&daddr, addr, sizeof(struct in_addr));
rt = ip_route_output(net, daddr.s_addr, 0, 0, 0);
if (IS_ERR(rt))
mpls: small cleanup in inet/inet6_fib_lookup_dev() We recently changed this code from returning NULL to returning ERR_PTR. There are some left over NULL assignments which we can remove. We can preserve the error code from ip_route_output() instead of always returning -ENODEV. Also these functions use a mix of gotos and direct returns. There is no cleanup necessary so I changed the gotos to direct returns. Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-04 07:44:22 +00:00
return ERR_CAST(rt);
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 16:16:24 +00:00
dev = rt->dst.dev;
dev_hold(dev);
ip_rt_put(rt);
return dev;
af_mpls: fix undefined reference to ip6_route_output Undefined reference to ip6_route_output and ip_route_output was reported with CONFIG_INET=n and CONFIG_IPV6=n. This patch uses ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup instead of ip6_route_output. And wraps affected code under IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET) and IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6). Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-30 20:34:54 +00:00
}
#else
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
static struct net_device *inet_fib_lookup_dev(struct net *net,
const void *addr)
af_mpls: fix undefined reference to ip6_route_output Undefined reference to ip6_route_output and ip_route_output was reported with CONFIG_INET=n and CONFIG_IPV6=n. This patch uses ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup instead of ip6_route_output. And wraps affected code under IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET) and IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6). Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-30 20:34:54 +00:00
{
return ERR_PTR(-EAFNOSUPPORT);
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 16:16:24 +00:00
}
af_mpls: fix undefined reference to ip6_route_output Undefined reference to ip6_route_output and ip_route_output was reported with CONFIG_INET=n and CONFIG_IPV6=n. This patch uses ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup instead of ip6_route_output. And wraps affected code under IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET) and IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6). Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-30 20:34:54 +00:00
#endif
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 16:16:24 +00:00
af_mpls: fix undefined reference to ip6_route_output Undefined reference to ip6_route_output and ip_route_output was reported with CONFIG_INET=n and CONFIG_IPV6=n. This patch uses ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup instead of ip6_route_output. And wraps affected code under IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET) and IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6). Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-30 20:34:54 +00:00
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
static struct net_device *inet6_fib_lookup_dev(struct net *net,
const void *addr)
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 16:16:24 +00:00
{
mpls: small cleanup in inet/inet6_fib_lookup_dev() We recently changed this code from returning NULL to returning ERR_PTR. There are some left over NULL assignments which we can remove. We can preserve the error code from ip_route_output() instead of always returning -ENODEV. Also these functions use a mix of gotos and direct returns. There is no cleanup necessary so I changed the gotos to direct returns. Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-04 07:44:22 +00:00
struct net_device *dev;
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 16:16:24 +00:00
struct dst_entry *dst;
struct flowi6 fl6;
af_mpls: fix undefined reference to ip6_route_output Undefined reference to ip6_route_output and ip_route_output was reported with CONFIG_INET=n and CONFIG_IPV6=n. This patch uses ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup instead of ip6_route_output. And wraps affected code under IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET) and IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6). Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-30 20:34:54 +00:00
if (!ipv6_stub)
return ERR_PTR(-EAFNOSUPPORT);
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 16:16:24 +00:00
memset(&fl6, 0, sizeof(fl6));
memcpy(&fl6.daddr, addr, sizeof(struct in6_addr));
net: ipv6_stub: use ip6_dst_lookup_flow instead of ip6_dst_lookup ipv6_stub uses the ip6_dst_lookup function to allow other modules to perform IPv6 lookups. However, this function skips the XFRM layer entirely. All users of ipv6_stub->ip6_dst_lookup use ip_route_output_flow (via the ip_route_output_key and ip_route_output helpers) for their IPv4 lookups, which calls xfrm_lookup_route(). This patch fixes this inconsistent behavior by switching the stub to ip6_dst_lookup_flow, which also calls xfrm_lookup_route(). This requires some changes in all the callers, as these two functions take different arguments and have different return types. Fixes: 5f81bd2e5d80 ("ipv6: export a stub for IPv6 symbols used by vxlan") Reported-by: Xiumei Mu <xmu@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-12-04 14:35:53 +00:00
dst = ipv6_stub->ipv6_dst_lookup_flow(net, NULL, &fl6, NULL);
if (IS_ERR(dst))
return ERR_CAST(dst);
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 16:16:24 +00:00
dev = dst->dev;
dev_hold(dev);
dst_release(dst);
return dev;
}
af_mpls: fix undefined reference to ip6_route_output Undefined reference to ip6_route_output and ip_route_output was reported with CONFIG_INET=n and CONFIG_IPV6=n. This patch uses ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup instead of ip6_route_output. And wraps affected code under IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET) and IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6). Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-30 20:34:54 +00:00
#else
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
static struct net_device *inet6_fib_lookup_dev(struct net *net,
const void *addr)
af_mpls: fix undefined reference to ip6_route_output Undefined reference to ip6_route_output and ip_route_output was reported with CONFIG_INET=n and CONFIG_IPV6=n. This patch uses ipv6_stub_impl.ipv6_dst_lookup instead of ip6_route_output. And wraps affected code under IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET) and IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6). Reported-by: kbuild test robot <fengguang.wu@intel.com> Reported-by: Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-30 20:34:54 +00:00
{
return ERR_PTR(-EAFNOSUPPORT);
}
#endif
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 16:16:24 +00:00
static struct net_device *find_outdev(struct net *net,
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
struct mpls_route *rt,
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
struct mpls_nh *nh, int oif)
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 16:16:24 +00:00
{
struct net_device *dev = NULL;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (!oif) {
switch (nh->nh_via_table) {
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 16:16:24 +00:00
case NEIGH_ARP_TABLE:
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
dev = inet_fib_lookup_dev(net, mpls_nh_via(rt, nh));
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 16:16:24 +00:00
break;
case NEIGH_ND_TABLE:
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
dev = inet6_fib_lookup_dev(net, mpls_nh_via(rt, nh));
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 16:16:24 +00:00
break;
case NEIGH_LINK_TABLE:
break;
}
} else {
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
dev = dev_get_by_index(net, oif);
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 16:16:24 +00:00
}
af_mpls: add null dev check in find_outdev This patch adds null dev check for the 'cfg->rc_via_table == NEIGH_LINK_TABLE or dev_get_by_index() failed' case Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-04 13:36:24 +00:00
if (!dev)
return ERR_PTR(-ENODEV);
mpls: find_outdev: check for err ptr in addition to NULL check find_outdev calls inet{,6}_fib_lookup_dev() or dev_get_by_index() to find the output device. In case of an error, inet{,6}_fib_lookup_dev() returns error pointer and dev_get_by_index() returns NULL. But the function only checks for NULL and thus can end up calling dev_put on an ERR_PTR. This patch adds an additional check for err ptr after the NULL check. Before: Trying to add an mpls route with no oif from user, no available path to 10.1.1.8 and no default route: $ip -f mpls route add 100 as 200 via inet 10.1.1.8 [ 822.337195] BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at 00000000000003a3 [ 822.340033] IP: [<ffffffff8148781e>] mpls_nh_assign_dev+0x10b/0x182 [ 822.340033] PGD 1db38067 PUD 1de9e067 PMD 0 [ 822.340033] Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP [ 822.340033] Modules linked in: [ 822.340033] CPU: 0 PID: 11148 Comm: ip Not tainted 4.5.0-rc7+ #54 [ 822.340033] Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS rel-1.7.5.1-0-g8936dbb-20141113_115728-nilsson.home.kraxel.org 04/01/2014 [ 822.340033] task: ffff88001db82580 ti: ffff88001dad4000 task.ti: ffff88001dad4000 [ 822.340033] RIP: 0010:[<ffffffff8148781e>] [<ffffffff8148781e>] mpls_nh_assign_dev+0x10b/0x182 [ 822.340033] RSP: 0018:ffff88001dad7a88 EFLAGS: 00010282 [ 822.340033] RAX: ffffffffffffff9b RBX: ffffffffffffff9b RCX: 0000000000000002 [ 822.340033] RDX: 00000000ffffff9b RSI: 0000000000000008 RDI: 0000000000000000 [ 822.340033] RBP: ffff88001ddc9ea0 R08: ffff88001e9f1768 R09: 0000000000000000 [ 822.340033] R10: ffff88001d9c1100 R11: ffff88001e3c89f0 R12: ffffffff8187e0c0 [ 822.340033] R13: ffffffff8187e0c0 R14: ffff88001ddc9e80 R15: 0000000000000004 [ 822.340033] FS: 00007ff9ed798700(0000) GS:ffff88001fc00000(0000) knlGS:0000000000000000 [ 822.340033] CS: 0010 DS: 0000 ES: 0000 CR0: 0000000080050033 [ 822.340033] CR2: 00000000000003a3 CR3: 000000001de89000 CR4: 00000000000006f0 [ 822.340033] Stack: [ 822.340033] 0000000000000000 0000000100000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 [ 822.340033] 0000000000000000 0801010a00000000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 [ 822.340033] 0000000000000004 ffffffff8148749b ffffffff8187e0c0 000000000000001c [ 822.340033] Call Trace: [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff8148749b>] ? mpls_rt_alloc+0x2b/0x3e [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff81488e66>] ? mpls_rtm_newroute+0x358/0x3e2 [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff810e7bbc>] ? get_page+0x5/0xa [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff813b7d94>] ? rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x17e/0x191 [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff8111794e>] ? __kmalloc_track_caller+0x8c/0x9e [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff813c9393>] ? rht_key_hashfn.isra.20.constprop.57+0x14/0x1f [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff813b7c16>] ? __rtnl_unlock+0xc/0xc [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff813cb794>] ? netlink_rcv_skb+0x36/0x82 [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff813b4507>] ? rtnetlink_rcv+0x1f/0x28 [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff813cb2b1>] ? netlink_unicast+0x106/0x189 [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff813cb5b3>] ? netlink_sendmsg+0x27f/0x2c8 [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff81392ede>] ? sock_sendmsg_nosec+0x10/0x1b [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff81393df1>] ? ___sys_sendmsg+0x182/0x1e3 [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff810e4f35>] ? __alloc_pages_nodemask+0x11c/0x1e4 [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff8110619c>] ? PageAnon+0x5/0xd [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff811062fe>] ? __page_set_anon_rmap+0x45/0x52 [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff810e7bbc>] ? get_page+0x5/0xa [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff810e85ab>] ? __lru_cache_add+0x1a/0x3a [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff81087ea9>] ? current_kernel_time64+0x9/0x30 [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff813940c4>] ? __sys_sendmsg+0x3c/0x5a [ 822.340033] [<ffffffff8148f597>] ? entry_SYSCALL_64_fastpath+0x12/0x6a [ 822.340033] Code: 83 08 04 00 00 65 ff 00 48 8b 3c 24 e8 40 7c f2 ff eb 13 48 c7 c3 9f ff ff ff eb 0f 89 ce e8 f1 ae f1 ff 48 89 c3 48 85 db 74 15 <48> 8b 83 08 04 00 00 65 ff 08 48 81 fb 00 f0 ff ff 76 0d eb 07 [ 822.340033] RIP [<ffffffff8148781e>] mpls_nh_assign_dev+0x10b/0x182 [ 822.340033] RSP <ffff88001dad7a88> [ 822.340033] CR2: 00000000000003a3 [ 822.435363] ---[ end trace 98cc65e6f6b8bf11 ]--- After patch: $ip -f mpls route add 100 as 200 via inet 10.1.1.8 RTNETLINK answers: Network is unreachable Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Reported-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-04-08 04:28:38 +00:00
if (IS_ERR(dev))
return dev;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
/* The caller is holding rtnl anyways, so release the dev reference */
dev_put(dev);
mpls: make RTA_OIF optional If user did not specify an oif, try and get it from the via address. If failed to get device, return with -ENODEV. Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 16:16:24 +00:00
return dev;
}
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
static int mpls_nh_assign_dev(struct net *net, struct mpls_route *rt,
struct mpls_nh *nh, int oif)
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
{
struct net_device *dev = NULL;
int err = -ENODEV;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
dev = find_outdev(net, rt, nh, oif);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (IS_ERR(dev)) {
err = PTR_ERR(dev);
dev = NULL;
goto errout;
}
/* Ensure this is a supported device */
err = -EINVAL;
if (!mpls_dev_get(dev))
goto errout;
mpls: validate L2 via address length If an L2 via address for an mpls nexthop is specified, the length of the L2 address must match that expected by the output device, otherwise it could access memory beyond the end of the via address buffer in the route. This check was present prior to commit f8efb73c97e2 ("mpls: multipath route support"), but got lost in the refactoring, so add it back, applying it to all nexthops in multipath routes. Fixes: f8efb73c97e2 ("mpls: multipath route support") Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-10 19:30:48 +00:00
if ((nh->nh_via_table == NEIGH_LINK_TABLE) &&
(dev->addr_len != nh->nh_via_alen))
goto errout;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
RCU_INIT_POINTER(nh->nh_dev, dev);
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
if (!(dev->flags & IFF_UP)) {
nh->nh_flags |= RTNH_F_DEAD;
} else {
unsigned int flags;
flags = dev_get_flags(dev);
if (!(flags & (IFF_RUNNING | IFF_LOWER_UP)))
nh->nh_flags |= RTNH_F_LINKDOWN;
}
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
return 0;
errout:
return err;
}
net: mpls: Make nla_get_via in af_mpls.c nla_get_via is only used in af_mpls.c. Remove declaration from internal.h and move up in af_mpls.c before first use. Code move only; no functional change intended. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:32 +00:00
static int nla_get_via(const struct nlattr *nla, u8 *via_alen, u8 *via_table,
u8 via_addr[], struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
struct rtvia *via = nla_data(nla);
int err = -EINVAL;
int alen;
if (nla_len(nla) < offsetof(struct rtvia, rtvia_addr)) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR(extack, nla,
"Invalid attribute length for RTA_VIA");
goto errout;
}
alen = nla_len(nla) -
offsetof(struct rtvia, rtvia_addr);
if (alen > MAX_VIA_ALEN) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR(extack, nla,
"Invalid address length for RTA_VIA");
goto errout;
}
/* Validate the address family */
switch (via->rtvia_family) {
case AF_PACKET:
*via_table = NEIGH_LINK_TABLE;
break;
case AF_INET:
*via_table = NEIGH_ARP_TABLE;
if (alen != 4)
goto errout;
break;
case AF_INET6:
*via_table = NEIGH_ND_TABLE;
if (alen != 16)
goto errout;
break;
default:
/* Unsupported address family */
goto errout;
}
memcpy(via_addr, via->rtvia_addr, alen);
*via_alen = alen;
err = 0;
errout:
return err;
}
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
static int mpls_nh_build_from_cfg(struct mpls_route_config *cfg,
struct mpls_route *rt)
{
struct net *net = cfg->rc_nlinfo.nl_net;
struct mpls_nh *nh = rt->rt_nh;
int err;
int i;
if (!nh)
return -ENOMEM;
nh->nh_labels = cfg->rc_output_labels;
for (i = 0; i < nh->nh_labels; i++)
nh->nh_label[i] = cfg->rc_output_label[i];
nh->nh_via_table = cfg->rc_via_table;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
memcpy(__mpls_nh_via(rt, nh), cfg->rc_via, cfg->rc_via_alen);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
nh->nh_via_alen = cfg->rc_via_alen;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
err = mpls_nh_assign_dev(net, rt, nh, cfg->rc_ifindex);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (err)
goto errout;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
if (nh->nh_flags & (RTNH_F_DEAD | RTNH_F_LINKDOWN))
rt->rt_nhn_alive--;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
return 0;
errout:
return err;
}
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
static int mpls_nh_build(struct net *net, struct mpls_route *rt,
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
struct mpls_nh *nh, int oif, struct nlattr *via,
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
struct nlattr *newdst, u8 max_labels,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
{
int err = -ENOMEM;
if (!nh)
goto errout;
if (newdst) {
net: Fill in extack for mpls lwt encap Fill in extack for errors in build_state for mpls lwt encap including passing extack to nla_get_labels and adding error messages for failures in it. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:29 +00:00
err = nla_get_labels(newdst, max_labels, &nh->nh_labels,
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
nh->nh_label, extack);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (err)
goto errout;
}
mpls: make via address optional for multipath routes The via address is optional for a single path route, yet is mandatory when the multipath attribute is used: # ip -f mpls route add 100 dev lo # ip -f mpls route add 101 nexthop dev lo RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument Make them consistent by making the via address optional when the RTA_MULTIPATH attribute is being parsed so that both forms of specifying the route work. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-10 19:30:51 +00:00
if (via) {
err = nla_get_via(via, &nh->nh_via_alen, &nh->nh_via_table,
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
__mpls_nh_via(rt, nh), extack);
mpls: make via address optional for multipath routes The via address is optional for a single path route, yet is mandatory when the multipath attribute is used: # ip -f mpls route add 100 dev lo # ip -f mpls route add 101 nexthop dev lo RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument Make them consistent by making the via address optional when the RTA_MULTIPATH attribute is being parsed so that both forms of specifying the route work. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-10 19:30:51 +00:00
if (err)
goto errout;
} else {
nh->nh_via_table = MPLS_NEIGH_TABLE_UNSPEC;
}
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
err = mpls_nh_assign_dev(net, rt, nh, oif);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (err)
goto errout;
return 0;
errout:
return err;
}
net: mpls: Convert number of nexthops to u8 Number of nexthops and number of alive nexthops are tracked using an unsigned int. A route should never have more than 255 nexthops so convert both to u8. Update all references and intermediate variables to consistently use u8 as well. Shrinks the size of mpls_route from 32 bytes to 24 bytes with a 2-byte hole before the nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:00 +00:00
static u8 mpls_count_nexthops(struct rtnexthop *rtnh, int len,
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
u8 cfg_via_alen, u8 *max_via_alen,
u8 *max_labels)
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
{
int remaining = len;
net: mpls: Convert number of nexthops to u8 Number of nexthops and number of alive nexthops are tracked using an unsigned int. A route should never have more than 255 nexthops so convert both to u8. Update all references and intermediate variables to consistently use u8 as well. Shrinks the size of mpls_route from 32 bytes to 24 bytes with a 2-byte hole before the nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:00 +00:00
u8 nhs = 0;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
*max_via_alen = 0;
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
*max_labels = 0;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
while (rtnh_ok(rtnh, remaining)) {
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
struct nlattr *nla, *attrs = rtnh_attrs(rtnh);
int attrlen;
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
u8 n_labels = 0;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
attrlen = rtnh_attrlen(rtnh);
nla = nla_find(attrs, attrlen, RTA_VIA);
if (nla && nla_len(nla) >=
offsetof(struct rtvia, rtvia_addr)) {
int via_alen = nla_len(nla) -
offsetof(struct rtvia, rtvia_addr);
if (via_alen <= MAX_VIA_ALEN)
*max_via_alen = max_t(u16, *max_via_alen,
via_alen);
}
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
nla = nla_find(attrs, attrlen, RTA_NEWDST);
if (nla &&
net: Fill in extack for mpls lwt encap Fill in extack for errors in build_state for mpls lwt encap including passing extack to nla_get_labels and adding error messages for failures in it. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:29 +00:00
nla_get_labels(nla, MAX_NEW_LABELS, &n_labels,
NULL, NULL) != 0)
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
return 0;
*max_labels = max_t(u8, *max_labels, n_labels);
net: mpls: Convert number of nexthops to u8 Number of nexthops and number of alive nexthops are tracked using an unsigned int. A route should never have more than 255 nexthops so convert both to u8. Update all references and intermediate variables to consistently use u8 as well. Shrinks the size of mpls_route from 32 bytes to 24 bytes with a 2-byte hole before the nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:00 +00:00
/* number of nexthops is tracked by a u8.
* Check for overflow.
*/
if (nhs == 255)
return 0;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
nhs++;
net: mpls: Convert number of nexthops to u8 Number of nexthops and number of alive nexthops are tracked using an unsigned int. A route should never have more than 255 nexthops so convert both to u8. Update all references and intermediate variables to consistently use u8 as well. Shrinks the size of mpls_route from 32 bytes to 24 bytes with a 2-byte hole before the nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:00 +00:00
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
rtnh = rtnh_next(rtnh, &remaining);
}
/* leftover implies invalid nexthop configuration, discard it */
return remaining > 0 ? 0 : nhs;
}
static int mpls_nh_build_multi(struct mpls_route_config *cfg,
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
struct mpls_route *rt, u8 max_labels,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
{
struct rtnexthop *rtnh = cfg->rc_mp;
struct nlattr *nla_via, *nla_newdst;
int remaining = cfg->rc_mp_len;
int err = 0;
net: mpls: Convert number of nexthops to u8 Number of nexthops and number of alive nexthops are tracked using an unsigned int. A route should never have more than 255 nexthops so convert both to u8. Update all references and intermediate variables to consistently use u8 as well. Shrinks the size of mpls_route from 32 bytes to 24 bytes with a 2-byte hole before the nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:00 +00:00
u8 nhs = 0;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
change_nexthops(rt) {
int attrlen;
nla_via = NULL;
nla_newdst = NULL;
err = -EINVAL;
if (!rtnh_ok(rtnh, remaining))
goto errout;
mpls: flow-based multipath selection Change the selection of a multipath route to use a flow-based hash. This more suitable for traffic sensitive to reordering within a flow (e.g. TCP, L2VPN) and whilst still allowing a good distribution of traffic given enough flows. Selection of the path for a multipath route is done using a hash of: 1. Label stack up to MAX_MP_SELECT_LABELS labels or up to and including entropy label, whichever is first. 2. 3-tuple of (L3 src, L3 dst, proto) from IPv4/IPv6 header in MPLS payload, if present. Naturally, a 5-tuple hash using L4 information in addition would be possible and be better in some scenarios, but there is a tradeoff between looking deeper into the packet to achieve good distribution, and packet forwarding performance, and I have erred on the side of the latter as the default. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:28 +00:00
/* neither weighted multipath nor any flags
* are supported
*/
if (rtnh->rtnh_hops || rtnh->rtnh_flags)
goto errout;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
attrlen = rtnh_attrlen(rtnh);
if (attrlen > 0) {
struct nlattr *attrs = rtnh_attrs(rtnh);
nla_via = nla_find(attrs, attrlen, RTA_VIA);
nla_newdst = nla_find(attrs, attrlen, RTA_NEWDST);
}
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
err = mpls_nh_build(cfg->rc_nlinfo.nl_net, rt, nh,
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
rtnh->rtnh_ifindex, nla_via, nla_newdst,
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
max_labels, extack);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (err)
goto errout;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
if (nh->nh_flags & (RTNH_F_DEAD | RTNH_F_LINKDOWN))
rt->rt_nhn_alive--;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
rtnh = rtnh_next(rtnh, &remaining);
nhs++;
} endfor_nexthops(rt);
rt->rt_nhn = nhs;
return 0;
errout:
return err;
}
mpls, nospec: Sanitize array index in mpls_label_ok() mpls_label_ok() validates that the 'platform_label' array index from a userspace netlink message payload is valid. Under speculation the mpls_label_ok() result may not resolve in the CPU pipeline until after the index is used to access an array element. Sanitize the index to zero to prevent userspace-controlled arbitrary out-of-bounds speculation, a precursor for a speculative execution side channel vulnerability. Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-08 06:34:24 +00:00
static bool mpls_label_ok(struct net *net, unsigned int *index,
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
net: mpls: Pull common label check into helper mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del have the same checks on the label. Move to a helper. Avoid duplicate extack messages in the next patch. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:30 +00:00
{
mpls, nospec: Sanitize array index in mpls_label_ok() mpls_label_ok() validates that the 'platform_label' array index from a userspace netlink message payload is valid. Under speculation the mpls_label_ok() result may not resolve in the CPU pipeline until after the index is used to access an array element. Sanitize the index to zero to prevent userspace-controlled arbitrary out-of-bounds speculation, a precursor for a speculative execution side channel vulnerability. Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-08 06:34:24 +00:00
bool is_ok = true;
net: mpls: Pull common label check into helper mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del have the same checks on the label. Move to a helper. Avoid duplicate extack messages in the next patch. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:30 +00:00
/* Reserved labels may not be set */
mpls, nospec: Sanitize array index in mpls_label_ok() mpls_label_ok() validates that the 'platform_label' array index from a userspace netlink message payload is valid. Under speculation the mpls_label_ok() result may not resolve in the CPU pipeline until after the index is used to access an array element. Sanitize the index to zero to prevent userspace-controlled arbitrary out-of-bounds speculation, a precursor for a speculative execution side channel vulnerability. Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-08 06:34:24 +00:00
if (*index < MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED) {
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack,
"Invalid label - must be MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED or higher");
mpls, nospec: Sanitize array index in mpls_label_ok() mpls_label_ok() validates that the 'platform_label' array index from a userspace netlink message payload is valid. Under speculation the mpls_label_ok() result may not resolve in the CPU pipeline until after the index is used to access an array element. Sanitize the index to zero to prevent userspace-controlled arbitrary out-of-bounds speculation, a precursor for a speculative execution side channel vulnerability. Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-08 06:34:24 +00:00
is_ok = false;
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
}
net: mpls: Pull common label check into helper mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del have the same checks on the label. Move to a helper. Avoid duplicate extack messages in the next patch. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:30 +00:00
/* The full 20 bit range may not be supported. */
mpls, nospec: Sanitize array index in mpls_label_ok() mpls_label_ok() validates that the 'platform_label' array index from a userspace netlink message payload is valid. Under speculation the mpls_label_ok() result may not resolve in the CPU pipeline until after the index is used to access an array element. Sanitize the index to zero to prevent userspace-controlled arbitrary out-of-bounds speculation, a precursor for a speculative execution side channel vulnerability. Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-08 06:34:24 +00:00
if (is_ok && *index >= net->mpls.platform_labels) {
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack,
"Label >= configured maximum in platform_labels");
mpls, nospec: Sanitize array index in mpls_label_ok() mpls_label_ok() validates that the 'platform_label' array index from a userspace netlink message payload is valid. Under speculation the mpls_label_ok() result may not resolve in the CPU pipeline until after the index is used to access an array element. Sanitize the index to zero to prevent userspace-controlled arbitrary out-of-bounds speculation, a precursor for a speculative execution side channel vulnerability. Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-08 06:34:24 +00:00
is_ok = false;
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
}
net: mpls: Pull common label check into helper mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del have the same checks on the label. Move to a helper. Avoid duplicate extack messages in the next patch. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:30 +00:00
mpls, nospec: Sanitize array index in mpls_label_ok() mpls_label_ok() validates that the 'platform_label' array index from a userspace netlink message payload is valid. Under speculation the mpls_label_ok() result may not resolve in the CPU pipeline until after the index is used to access an array element. Sanitize the index to zero to prevent userspace-controlled arbitrary out-of-bounds speculation, a precursor for a speculative execution side channel vulnerability. Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-08 06:34:24 +00:00
*index = array_index_nospec(*index, net->mpls.platform_labels);
return is_ok;
net: mpls: Pull common label check into helper mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del have the same checks on the label. Move to a helper. Avoid duplicate extack messages in the next patch. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:30 +00:00
}
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
static int mpls_route_add(struct mpls_route_config *cfg,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:12:40 +00:00
{
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label;
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:12:40 +00:00
struct net *net = cfg->rc_nlinfo.nl_net;
struct mpls_route *rt, *old;
int err = -EINVAL;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
u8 max_via_alen;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
unsigned index;
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
u8 max_labels;
net: mpls: Convert number of nexthops to u8 Number of nexthops and number of alive nexthops are tracked using an unsigned int. A route should never have more than 255 nexthops so convert both to u8. Update all references and intermediate variables to consistently use u8 as well. Shrinks the size of mpls_route from 32 bytes to 24 bytes with a 2-byte hole before the nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:00 +00:00
u8 nhs;
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:12:40 +00:00
index = cfg->rc_label;
/* If a label was not specified during insert pick one */
if ((index == LABEL_NOT_SPECIFIED) &&
(cfg->rc_nlflags & NLM_F_CREATE)) {
index = find_free_label(net);
}
mpls, nospec: Sanitize array index in mpls_label_ok() mpls_label_ok() validates that the 'platform_label' array index from a userspace netlink message payload is valid. Under speculation the mpls_label_ok() result may not resolve in the CPU pipeline until after the index is used to access an array element. Sanitize the index to zero to prevent userspace-controlled arbitrary out-of-bounds speculation, a precursor for a speculative execution side channel vulnerability. Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-08 06:34:24 +00:00
if (!mpls_label_ok(net, &index, extack))
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:12:40 +00:00
goto errout;
/* Append makes no sense with mpls */
mpls: Better error code for unsupported option. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:22:40 +00:00
err = -EOPNOTSUPP;
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
if (cfg->rc_nlflags & NLM_F_APPEND) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack, "MPLS does not support route append");
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:12:40 +00:00
goto errout;
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
}
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:12:40 +00:00
err = -EEXIST;
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
platform_label = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
old = rtnl_dereference(platform_label[index]);
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:12:40 +00:00
if ((cfg->rc_nlflags & NLM_F_EXCL) && old)
goto errout;
err = -EEXIST;
if (!(cfg->rc_nlflags & NLM_F_REPLACE) && old)
goto errout;
err = -ENOENT;
if (!(cfg->rc_nlflags & NLM_F_CREATE) && !old)
goto errout;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
err = -EINVAL;
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
if (cfg->rc_mp) {
nhs = mpls_count_nexthops(cfg->rc_mp, cfg->rc_mp_len,
cfg->rc_via_alen, &max_via_alen,
&max_labels);
} else {
max_via_alen = cfg->rc_via_alen;
max_labels = cfg->rc_output_labels;
nhs = 1;
}
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
if (nhs == 0) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack, "Route does not contain a nexthop");
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
goto errout;
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
}
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:12:40 +00:00
err = -ENOMEM;
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
rt = mpls_rt_alloc(nhs, max_via_alen, max_labels);
net: mpls: Limit memory allocation for mpls_route Limit memory allocation size for mpls_route to 4096. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:02 +00:00
if (IS_ERR(rt)) {
err = PTR_ERR(rt);
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:12:40 +00:00
goto errout;
net: mpls: Limit memory allocation for mpls_route Limit memory allocation size for mpls_route to 4096. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:02 +00:00
}
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:12:40 +00:00
rt->rt_protocol = cfg->rc_protocol;
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 10:04:56 +00:00
rt->rt_payload_type = cfg->rc_payload_type;
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
rt->rt_ttl_propagate = cfg->rc_ttl_propagate;
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:12:40 +00:00
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (cfg->rc_mp)
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
err = mpls_nh_build_multi(cfg, rt, max_labels, extack);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
else
err = mpls_nh_build_from_cfg(cfg, rt);
if (err)
goto freert;
mpls_route_update(net, index, rt, &cfg->rc_nlinfo);
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:12:40 +00:00
return 0;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
freert:
mpls_rt_free(rt);
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:12:40 +00:00
errout:
return err;
}
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
static int mpls_route_del(struct mpls_route_config *cfg,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:12:40 +00:00
{
struct net *net = cfg->rc_nlinfo.nl_net;
unsigned index;
int err = -EINVAL;
index = cfg->rc_label;
mpls, nospec: Sanitize array index in mpls_label_ok() mpls_label_ok() validates that the 'platform_label' array index from a userspace netlink message payload is valid. Under speculation the mpls_label_ok() result may not resolve in the CPU pipeline until after the index is used to access an array element. Sanitize the index to zero to prevent userspace-controlled arbitrary out-of-bounds speculation, a precursor for a speculative execution side channel vulnerability. Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-08 06:34:24 +00:00
if (!mpls_label_ok(net, &index, extack))
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:12:40 +00:00
goto errout;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
mpls_route_update(net, index, NULL, &cfg->rc_nlinfo);
mpls: Basic support for adding and removing routes mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del implement the basic logic for adding and removing Next Hop Label Forwarding Entries from the MPLS input label map. The addition and subtraction is done in a way that is consistent with how the existing routing table in Linux are maintained. Thus all of the work to deal with NLM_F_APPEND, NLM_F_EXCL, NLM_F_REPLACE, and NLM_F_CREATE. Cases that are not clearly defined such as changing the interpretation of the mpls reserved labels is not allowed. Because it seems like the right thing to do adding an MPLS route without specifying an input label and allowing the kernel to pick a free label table entry is supported. The implementation is currently less than optimal but that can be changed. As I don't have anything else to test with only ethernet and the loopback device are the only two device types currently supported for forwarding MPLS over. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:12:40 +00:00
err = 0;
errout:
return err;
}
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
static void mpls_get_stats(struct mpls_dev *mdev,
struct mpls_link_stats *stats)
{
struct mpls_pcpu_stats *p;
int i;
memset(stats, 0, sizeof(*stats));
for_each_possible_cpu(i) {
struct mpls_link_stats local;
unsigned int start;
p = per_cpu_ptr(mdev->stats, i);
do {
start = u64_stats_fetch_begin(&p->syncp);
local = p->stats;
} while (u64_stats_fetch_retry(&p->syncp, start));
stats->rx_packets += local.rx_packets;
stats->rx_bytes += local.rx_bytes;
stats->tx_packets += local.tx_packets;
stats->tx_bytes += local.tx_bytes;
stats->rx_errors += local.rx_errors;
stats->tx_errors += local.tx_errors;
stats->rx_dropped += local.rx_dropped;
stats->tx_dropped += local.tx_dropped;
stats->rx_noroute += local.rx_noroute;
}
}
static int mpls_fill_stats_af(struct sk_buff *skb,
const struct net_device *dev)
{
struct mpls_link_stats *stats;
struct mpls_dev *mdev;
struct nlattr *nla;
mdev = mpls_dev_get(dev);
if (!mdev)
return -ENODATA;
nla = nla_reserve_64bit(skb, MPLS_STATS_LINK,
sizeof(struct mpls_link_stats),
MPLS_STATS_UNSPEC);
if (!nla)
return -EMSGSIZE;
stats = nla_data(nla);
mpls_get_stats(mdev, stats);
return 0;
}
static size_t mpls_get_stats_af_size(const struct net_device *dev)
{
struct mpls_dev *mdev;
mdev = mpls_dev_get(dev);
if (!mdev)
return 0;
return nla_total_size_64bit(sizeof(struct mpls_link_stats));
}
net: mpls: Add support for netconf Add netconf support to MPLS. Allows userpsace to learn and be notified of changes to 'input' enable setting per interface. Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-20 16:03:30 +00:00
static int mpls_netconf_fill_devconf(struct sk_buff *skb, struct mpls_dev *mdev,
u32 portid, u32 seq, int event,
unsigned int flags, int type)
{
struct nlmsghdr *nlh;
struct netconfmsg *ncm;
bool all = false;
nlh = nlmsg_put(skb, portid, seq, event, sizeof(struct netconfmsg),
flags);
if (!nlh)
return -EMSGSIZE;
if (type == NETCONFA_ALL)
all = true;
ncm = nlmsg_data(nlh);
ncm->ncm_family = AF_MPLS;
if (nla_put_s32(skb, NETCONFA_IFINDEX, mdev->dev->ifindex) < 0)
goto nla_put_failure;
if ((all || type == NETCONFA_INPUT) &&
nla_put_s32(skb, NETCONFA_INPUT,
mdev->input_enabled) < 0)
goto nla_put_failure;
nlmsg_end(skb, nlh);
return 0;
nla_put_failure:
nlmsg_cancel(skb, nlh);
return -EMSGSIZE;
}
static int mpls_netconf_msgsize_devconf(int type)
{
int size = NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct netconfmsg))
+ nla_total_size(4); /* NETCONFA_IFINDEX */
bool all = false;
if (type == NETCONFA_ALL)
all = true;
if (all || type == NETCONFA_INPUT)
size += nla_total_size(4);
return size;
}
net:mpls: Refactor mpls_netconf_notify_devconf to take event Refactor mpls_netconf_notify_devconf to take the event as an input arg. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 21:28:06 +00:00
static void mpls_netconf_notify_devconf(struct net *net, int event,
int type, struct mpls_dev *mdev)
net: mpls: Add support for netconf Add netconf support to MPLS. Allows userpsace to learn and be notified of changes to 'input' enable setting per interface. Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-20 16:03:30 +00:00
{
struct sk_buff *skb;
int err = -ENOBUFS;
skb = nlmsg_new(mpls_netconf_msgsize_devconf(type), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!skb)
goto errout;
net:mpls: Refactor mpls_netconf_notify_devconf to take event Refactor mpls_netconf_notify_devconf to take the event as an input arg. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 21:28:06 +00:00
err = mpls_netconf_fill_devconf(skb, mdev, 0, 0, event, 0, type);
net: mpls: Add support for netconf Add netconf support to MPLS. Allows userpsace to learn and be notified of changes to 'input' enable setting per interface. Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-20 16:03:30 +00:00
if (err < 0) {
/* -EMSGSIZE implies BUG in mpls_netconf_msgsize_devconf() */
WARN_ON(err == -EMSGSIZE);
kfree_skb(skb);
goto errout;
}
rtnl_notify(skb, net, 0, RTNLGRP_MPLS_NETCONF, NULL, GFP_KERNEL);
return;
errout:
if (err < 0)
rtnl_set_sk_err(net, RTNLGRP_MPLS_NETCONF, err);
}
static const struct nla_policy devconf_mpls_policy[NETCONFA_MAX + 1] = {
[NETCONFA_IFINDEX] = { .len = sizeof(int) },
};
net: mpls: netconf: perform strict checks also for doit handlers Make RTM_GETNETCONF's doit handler use strict checks when NETLINK_F_STRICT_CHK is set. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-18 18:46:26 +00:00
static int mpls_netconf_valid_get_req(struct sk_buff *skb,
const struct nlmsghdr *nlh,
struct nlattr **tb,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
int i, err;
if (nlh->nlmsg_len < nlmsg_msg_size(sizeof(struct netconfmsg))) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
"Invalid header for netconf get request");
return -EINVAL;
}
if (!netlink_strict_get_check(skb))
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness We currently have two levels of strict validation: 1) liberal (default) - undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted - garbage at end of message accepted 2) strict (opt-in) - NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted Split out parsing strictness into four different options: * TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing attributes (in message or nested) * MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type * UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries * STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size The default for future things should be *everything*. The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE, and is renamed to _deprecated_strict(). The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to *_parse_deprecated(). Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply to the POLICY flag. We end up with the following renames: * nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated * nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict * nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated * nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict * nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated * nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated Using spatch, of course: @@ expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) @@ expression START, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT) +nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong. Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication. Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is. In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:07:28 +00:00
return nlmsg_parse_deprecated(nlh, sizeof(struct netconfmsg),
tb, NETCONFA_MAX,
devconf_mpls_policy, extack);
net: mpls: netconf: perform strict checks also for doit handlers Make RTM_GETNETCONF's doit handler use strict checks when NETLINK_F_STRICT_CHK is set. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-18 18:46:26 +00:00
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness We currently have two levels of strict validation: 1) liberal (default) - undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted - garbage at end of message accepted 2) strict (opt-in) - NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted Split out parsing strictness into four different options: * TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing attributes (in message or nested) * MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type * UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries * STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size The default for future things should be *everything*. The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE, and is renamed to _deprecated_strict(). The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to *_parse_deprecated(). Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply to the POLICY flag. We end up with the following renames: * nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated * nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict * nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated * nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict * nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated * nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated Using spatch, of course: @@ expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) @@ expression START, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT) +nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong. Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication. Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is. In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:07:28 +00:00
err = nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(nlh, sizeof(struct netconfmsg),
tb, NETCONFA_MAX,
devconf_mpls_policy, extack);
net: mpls: netconf: perform strict checks also for doit handlers Make RTM_GETNETCONF's doit handler use strict checks when NETLINK_F_STRICT_CHK is set. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-18 18:46:26 +00:00
if (err)
return err;
for (i = 0; i <= NETCONFA_MAX; i++) {
if (!tb[i])
continue;
switch (i) {
case NETCONFA_IFINDEX:
break;
default:
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "Unsupported attribute in netconf get request");
return -EINVAL;
}
}
return 0;
}
net: mpls: Add support for netconf Add netconf support to MPLS. Allows userpsace to learn and be notified of changes to 'input' enable setting per interface. Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-20 16:03:30 +00:00
static int mpls_netconf_get_devconf(struct sk_buff *in_skb,
net: rtnetlink: plumb extended ack to doit function Add netlink_ext_ack arg to rtnl_doit_func. Pass extack arg to nlmsg_parse for doit functions that call it directly. This is the first step to using extended error reporting in rtnetlink. >From here individual subsystems can be updated to set netlink_ext_ack as needed. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-04-16 16:48:24 +00:00
struct nlmsghdr *nlh,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
net: mpls: Add support for netconf Add netconf support to MPLS. Allows userpsace to learn and be notified of changes to 'input' enable setting per interface. Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-20 16:03:30 +00:00
{
struct net *net = sock_net(in_skb->sk);
struct nlattr *tb[NETCONFA_MAX + 1];
struct net_device *dev;
struct mpls_dev *mdev;
struct sk_buff *skb;
int ifindex;
int err;
net: mpls: netconf: perform strict checks also for doit handlers Make RTM_GETNETCONF's doit handler use strict checks when NETLINK_F_STRICT_CHK is set. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-18 18:46:26 +00:00
err = mpls_netconf_valid_get_req(in_skb, nlh, tb, extack);
net: mpls: Add support for netconf Add netconf support to MPLS. Allows userpsace to learn and be notified of changes to 'input' enable setting per interface. Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-20 16:03:30 +00:00
if (err < 0)
goto errout;
err = -EINVAL;
if (!tb[NETCONFA_IFINDEX])
goto errout;
ifindex = nla_get_s32(tb[NETCONFA_IFINDEX]);
dev = __dev_get_by_index(net, ifindex);
if (!dev)
goto errout;
mdev = mpls_dev_get(dev);
if (!mdev)
goto errout;
err = -ENOBUFS;
skb = nlmsg_new(mpls_netconf_msgsize_devconf(NETCONFA_ALL), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!skb)
goto errout;
err = mpls_netconf_fill_devconf(skb, mdev,
NETLINK_CB(in_skb).portid,
nlh->nlmsg_seq, RTM_NEWNETCONF, 0,
NETCONFA_ALL);
if (err < 0) {
/* -EMSGSIZE implies BUG in mpls_netconf_msgsize_devconf() */
WARN_ON(err == -EMSGSIZE);
kfree_skb(skb);
goto errout;
}
err = rtnl_unicast(skb, net, NETLINK_CB(in_skb).portid);
errout:
return err;
}
static int mpls_netconf_dump_devconf(struct sk_buff *skb,
struct netlink_callback *cb)
{
net: Update netconf dump handlers for strict data checking Update inet_netconf_dump_devconf, inet6_netconf_dump_devconf, and mpls_netconf_dump_devconf for strict data checking. If the flag is set, the dump request is expected to have an netconfmsg struct as the header. The struct only has the family member and no attributes can be appended. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian@brauner.io> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-08 03:16:41 +00:00
const struct nlmsghdr *nlh = cb->nlh;
net: mpls: Add support for netconf Add netconf support to MPLS. Allows userpsace to learn and be notified of changes to 'input' enable setting per interface. Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-20 16:03:30 +00:00
struct net *net = sock_net(skb->sk);
struct hlist_head *head;
struct net_device *dev;
struct mpls_dev *mdev;
int idx, s_idx;
int h, s_h;
net: Update netconf dump handlers for strict data checking Update inet_netconf_dump_devconf, inet6_netconf_dump_devconf, and mpls_netconf_dump_devconf for strict data checking. If the flag is set, the dump request is expected to have an netconfmsg struct as the header. The struct only has the family member and no attributes can be appended. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian@brauner.io> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-08 03:16:41 +00:00
if (cb->strict_check) {
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack = cb->extack;
struct netconfmsg *ncm;
if (nlh->nlmsg_len < nlmsg_msg_size(sizeof(*ncm))) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "Invalid header for netconf dump request");
return -EINVAL;
}
if (nlmsg_attrlen(nlh, sizeof(*ncm))) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "Invalid data after header in netconf dump request");
return -EINVAL;
}
}
net: mpls: Add support for netconf Add netconf support to MPLS. Allows userpsace to learn and be notified of changes to 'input' enable setting per interface. Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-20 16:03:30 +00:00
s_h = cb->args[0];
s_idx = idx = cb->args[1];
for (h = s_h; h < NETDEV_HASHENTRIES; h++, s_idx = 0) {
idx = 0;
head = &net->dev_index_head[h];
rcu_read_lock();
cb->seq = net->dev_base_seq;
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu(dev, head, index_hlist) {
if (idx < s_idx)
goto cont;
mdev = mpls_dev_get(dev);
if (!mdev)
goto cont;
if (mpls_netconf_fill_devconf(skb, mdev,
NETLINK_CB(cb->skb).portid,
net: Update netconf dump handlers for strict data checking Update inet_netconf_dump_devconf, inet6_netconf_dump_devconf, and mpls_netconf_dump_devconf for strict data checking. If the flag is set, the dump request is expected to have an netconfmsg struct as the header. The struct only has the family member and no attributes can be appended. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Acked-by: Christian Brauner <christian@brauner.io> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-08 03:16:41 +00:00
nlh->nlmsg_seq,
net: mpls: Add support for netconf Add netconf support to MPLS. Allows userpsace to learn and be notified of changes to 'input' enable setting per interface. Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-20 16:03:30 +00:00
RTM_NEWNETCONF,
NLM_F_MULTI,
NETCONFA_ALL) < 0) {
rcu_read_unlock();
goto done;
}
nl_dump_check_consistent(cb, nlmsg_hdr(skb));
cont:
idx++;
}
rcu_read_unlock();
}
done:
cb->args[0] = h;
cb->args[1] = idx;
return skb->len;
}
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:38 +00:00
#define MPLS_PERDEV_SYSCTL_OFFSET(field) \
(&((struct mpls_dev *)0)->field)
net: mpls: Add support for netconf Add netconf support to MPLS. Allows userpsace to learn and be notified of changes to 'input' enable setting per interface. Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-20 16:03:30 +00:00
static int mpls_conf_proc(struct ctl_table *ctl, int write,
void __user *buffer,
size_t *lenp, loff_t *ppos)
{
int oval = *(int *)ctl->data;
int ret = proc_dointvec(ctl, write, buffer, lenp, ppos);
if (write) {
struct mpls_dev *mdev = ctl->extra1;
int i = (int *)ctl->data - (int *)mdev;
struct net *net = ctl->extra2;
int val = *(int *)ctl->data;
if (i == offsetof(struct mpls_dev, input_enabled) &&
val != oval) {
net:mpls: Refactor mpls_netconf_notify_devconf to take event Refactor mpls_netconf_notify_devconf to take the event as an input arg. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 21:28:06 +00:00
mpls_netconf_notify_devconf(net, RTM_NEWNETCONF,
NETCONFA_INPUT, mdev);
net: mpls: Add support for netconf Add netconf support to MPLS. Allows userpsace to learn and be notified of changes to 'input' enable setting per interface. Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-20 16:03:30 +00:00
}
}
return ret;
}
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:38 +00:00
static const struct ctl_table mpls_dev_table[] = {
{
.procname = "input",
.maxlen = sizeof(int),
.mode = 0644,
net: mpls: Add support for netconf Add netconf support to MPLS. Allows userpsace to learn and be notified of changes to 'input' enable setting per interface. Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-20 16:03:30 +00:00
.proc_handler = mpls_conf_proc,
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:38 +00:00
.data = MPLS_PERDEV_SYSCTL_OFFSET(input_enabled),
},
{ }
};
static int mpls_dev_sysctl_register(struct net_device *dev,
struct mpls_dev *mdev)
{
char path[sizeof("net/mpls/conf/") + IFNAMSIZ];
net: mpls: Add support for netconf Add netconf support to MPLS. Allows userpsace to learn and be notified of changes to 'input' enable setting per interface. Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-20 16:03:30 +00:00
struct net *net = dev_net(dev);
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:38 +00:00
struct ctl_table *table;
int i;
table = kmemdup(&mpls_dev_table, sizeof(mpls_dev_table), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!table)
goto out;
/* Table data contains only offsets relative to the base of
* the mdev at this point, so make them absolute.
*/
net: mpls: Add support for netconf Add netconf support to MPLS. Allows userpsace to learn and be notified of changes to 'input' enable setting per interface. Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-20 16:03:30 +00:00
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(mpls_dev_table); i++) {
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:38 +00:00
table[i].data = (char *)mdev + (uintptr_t)table[i].data;
net: mpls: Add support for netconf Add netconf support to MPLS. Allows userpsace to learn and be notified of changes to 'input' enable setting per interface. Acked-by: Nicolas Dichtel <nicolas.dichtel@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-02-20 16:03:30 +00:00
table[i].extra1 = mdev;
table[i].extra2 = net;
}
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:38 +00:00
snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "net/mpls/conf/%s", dev->name);
net: mpls: Send netconf messages on device register and unregister Send netconf notifications for MPLS when the device registers and unregisters. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 21:28:07 +00:00
mdev->sysctl = register_net_sysctl(net, path, table);
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:38 +00:00
if (!mdev->sysctl)
goto free;
net: mpls: Send netconf messages on device register and unregister Send netconf notifications for MPLS when the device registers and unregisters. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 21:28:07 +00:00
mpls_netconf_notify_devconf(net, RTM_NEWNETCONF, NETCONFA_ALL, mdev);
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:38 +00:00
return 0;
free:
kfree(table);
out:
return -ENOBUFS;
}
net: mpls: Send netconf messages on device register and unregister Send netconf notifications for MPLS when the device registers and unregisters. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 21:28:07 +00:00
static void mpls_dev_sysctl_unregister(struct net_device *dev,
struct mpls_dev *mdev)
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:38 +00:00
{
net: mpls: Send netconf messages on device register and unregister Send netconf notifications for MPLS when the device registers and unregisters. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 21:28:07 +00:00
struct net *net = dev_net(dev);
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:38 +00:00
struct ctl_table *table;
table = mdev->sysctl->ctl_table_arg;
unregister_net_sysctl_table(mdev->sysctl);
kfree(table);
net: mpls: Send netconf messages on device register and unregister Send netconf notifications for MPLS when the device registers and unregisters. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 21:28:07 +00:00
mpls_netconf_notify_devconf(net, RTM_DELNETCONF, 0, mdev);
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:38 +00:00
}
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:37 +00:00
static struct mpls_dev *mpls_add_dev(struct net_device *dev)
{
struct mpls_dev *mdev;
int err = -ENOMEM;
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
int i;
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:37 +00:00
ASSERT_RTNL();
mdev = kzalloc(sizeof(*mdev), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!mdev)
return ERR_PTR(err);
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
mdev->stats = alloc_percpu(struct mpls_pcpu_stats);
if (!mdev->stats)
goto free;
for_each_possible_cpu(i) {
struct mpls_pcpu_stats *mpls_stats;
mpls_stats = per_cpu_ptr(mdev->stats, i);
u64_stats_init(&mpls_stats->syncp);
}
net: mpls: Send netconf messages on device register and unregister Send netconf notifications for MPLS when the device registers and unregisters. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 21:28:07 +00:00
mdev->dev = dev;
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:38 +00:00
err = mpls_dev_sysctl_register(dev, mdev);
if (err)
goto free;
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:37 +00:00
rcu_assign_pointer(dev->mpls_ptr, mdev);
return mdev;
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:38 +00:00
free:
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
free_percpu(mdev->stats);
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:38 +00:00
kfree(mdev);
return ERR_PTR(err);
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:37 +00:00
}
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
static void mpls_dev_destroy_rcu(struct rcu_head *head)
{
struct mpls_dev *mdev = container_of(head, struct mpls_dev, rcu);
free_percpu(mdev->stats);
kfree(mdev);
}
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
static void mpls_ifdown(struct net_device *dev, int event)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
{
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
struct net *net = dev_net(dev);
net: mpls: Convert number of nexthops to u8 Number of nexthops and number of alive nexthops are tracked using an unsigned int. A route should never have more than 255 nexthops so convert both to u8. Update all references and intermediate variables to consistently use u8 as well. Shrinks the size of mpls_route from 32 bytes to 24 bytes with a 2-byte hole before the nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:00 +00:00
u8 alive, deleted;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
unsigned index;
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
platform_label = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
for (index = 0; index < net->mpls.platform_labels; index++) {
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
struct mpls_route *rt = rtnl_dereference(platform_label[index]);
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
if (!rt)
continue;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
net: mpls: Fix nexthop alive tracking on down events Alive tracking of nexthops can account for a link twice if the carrier goes down followed by an admin down of the same link rendering multipath routes useless. This is similar to 79099aab38c8 for UNREGISTER events and DOWN events. Fix by tracking number of alive nexthops in mpls_ifdown similar to the logic in mpls_ifup. Checking the flags per nexthop once after all events have been processed is simpler than trying to maintian a running count through all event combinations. Also, WRITE_ONCE is used instead of ACCESS_ONCE to set rt_nhn_alive per a comment from checkpatch: WARNING: Prefer WRITE_ONCE(<FOO>, <BAR>) over ACCESS_ONCE(<FOO>) = <BAR> Fixes: c89359a42e2a4 ("mpls: support for dead routes") Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-13 23:49:10 +00:00
alive = 0;
net: mpls: Delete route when all nexthops have been deleted When all devices for all nexthops in a route have been deleted, the route is effectively dead, so remove it. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-24 22:21:57 +00:00
deleted = 0;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
change_nexthops(rt) {
net: mpls: rt_nhn_alive and nh_flags should be accessed using READ_ONCE The number of alive nexthops for a route (rt->rt_nhn_alive) and the flags for a next hop (nh->nh_flags) are modified by netdev event handlers. The event handlers run with rtnl_lock held so updates are always done with the lock held. The packet path accesses the fields under the rcu lock. Since those fields can change at any moment in the packet path, both fields should be accessed using READ_ONCE. Updates to both fields should use WRITE_ONCE. Update mpls_select_multipath (packet path) and mpls_ifdown and mpls_ifup (event handlers) accordingly. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:13:59 +00:00
unsigned int nh_flags = nh->nh_flags;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (rtnl_dereference(nh->nh_dev) != dev)
net: mpls: Fix nexthop alive tracking on down events Alive tracking of nexthops can account for a link twice if the carrier goes down followed by an admin down of the same link rendering multipath routes useless. This is similar to 79099aab38c8 for UNREGISTER events and DOWN events. Fix by tracking number of alive nexthops in mpls_ifdown similar to the logic in mpls_ifup. Checking the flags per nexthop once after all events have been processed is simpler than trying to maintian a running count through all event combinations. Also, WRITE_ONCE is used instead of ACCESS_ONCE to set rt_nhn_alive per a comment from checkpatch: WARNING: Prefer WRITE_ONCE(<FOO>, <BAR>) over ACCESS_ONCE(<FOO>) = <BAR> Fixes: c89359a42e2a4 ("mpls: support for dead routes") Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-13 23:49:10 +00:00
goto next;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
switch (event) {
case NETDEV_DOWN:
case NETDEV_UNREGISTER:
net: mpls: rt_nhn_alive and nh_flags should be accessed using READ_ONCE The number of alive nexthops for a route (rt->rt_nhn_alive) and the flags for a next hop (nh->nh_flags) are modified by netdev event handlers. The event handlers run with rtnl_lock held so updates are always done with the lock held. The packet path accesses the fields under the rcu lock. Since those fields can change at any moment in the packet path, both fields should be accessed using READ_ONCE. Updates to both fields should use WRITE_ONCE. Update mpls_select_multipath (packet path) and mpls_ifdown and mpls_ifup (event handlers) accordingly. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:13:59 +00:00
nh_flags |= RTNH_F_DEAD;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
/* fall through */
case NETDEV_CHANGE:
net: mpls: rt_nhn_alive and nh_flags should be accessed using READ_ONCE The number of alive nexthops for a route (rt->rt_nhn_alive) and the flags for a next hop (nh->nh_flags) are modified by netdev event handlers. The event handlers run with rtnl_lock held so updates are always done with the lock held. The packet path accesses the fields under the rcu lock. Since those fields can change at any moment in the packet path, both fields should be accessed using READ_ONCE. Updates to both fields should use WRITE_ONCE. Update mpls_select_multipath (packet path) and mpls_ifdown and mpls_ifup (event handlers) accordingly. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:13:59 +00:00
nh_flags |= RTNH_F_LINKDOWN;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
break;
}
if (event == NETDEV_UNREGISTER)
RCU_INIT_POINTER(nh->nh_dev, NULL);
net: mpls: rt_nhn_alive and nh_flags should be accessed using READ_ONCE The number of alive nexthops for a route (rt->rt_nhn_alive) and the flags for a next hop (nh->nh_flags) are modified by netdev event handlers. The event handlers run with rtnl_lock held so updates are always done with the lock held. The packet path accesses the fields under the rcu lock. Since those fields can change at any moment in the packet path, both fields should be accessed using READ_ONCE. Updates to both fields should use WRITE_ONCE. Update mpls_select_multipath (packet path) and mpls_ifdown and mpls_ifup (event handlers) accordingly. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:13:59 +00:00
if (nh->nh_flags != nh_flags)
WRITE_ONCE(nh->nh_flags, nh_flags);
net: mpls: Fix nexthop alive tracking on down events Alive tracking of nexthops can account for a link twice if the carrier goes down followed by an admin down of the same link rendering multipath routes useless. This is similar to 79099aab38c8 for UNREGISTER events and DOWN events. Fix by tracking number of alive nexthops in mpls_ifdown similar to the logic in mpls_ifup. Checking the flags per nexthop once after all events have been processed is simpler than trying to maintian a running count through all event combinations. Also, WRITE_ONCE is used instead of ACCESS_ONCE to set rt_nhn_alive per a comment from checkpatch: WARNING: Prefer WRITE_ONCE(<FOO>, <BAR>) over ACCESS_ONCE(<FOO>) = <BAR> Fixes: c89359a42e2a4 ("mpls: support for dead routes") Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-13 23:49:10 +00:00
next:
net: mpls: rt_nhn_alive and nh_flags should be accessed using READ_ONCE The number of alive nexthops for a route (rt->rt_nhn_alive) and the flags for a next hop (nh->nh_flags) are modified by netdev event handlers. The event handlers run with rtnl_lock held so updates are always done with the lock held. The packet path accesses the fields under the rcu lock. Since those fields can change at any moment in the packet path, both fields should be accessed using READ_ONCE. Updates to both fields should use WRITE_ONCE. Update mpls_select_multipath (packet path) and mpls_ifdown and mpls_ifup (event handlers) accordingly. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:13:59 +00:00
if (!(nh_flags & (RTNH_F_DEAD | RTNH_F_LINKDOWN)))
net: mpls: Fix nexthop alive tracking on down events Alive tracking of nexthops can account for a link twice if the carrier goes down followed by an admin down of the same link rendering multipath routes useless. This is similar to 79099aab38c8 for UNREGISTER events and DOWN events. Fix by tracking number of alive nexthops in mpls_ifdown similar to the logic in mpls_ifup. Checking the flags per nexthop once after all events have been processed is simpler than trying to maintian a running count through all event combinations. Also, WRITE_ONCE is used instead of ACCESS_ONCE to set rt_nhn_alive per a comment from checkpatch: WARNING: Prefer WRITE_ONCE(<FOO>, <BAR>) over ACCESS_ONCE(<FOO>) = <BAR> Fixes: c89359a42e2a4 ("mpls: support for dead routes") Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-13 23:49:10 +00:00
alive++;
net: mpls: Delete route when all nexthops have been deleted When all devices for all nexthops in a route have been deleted, the route is effectively dead, so remove it. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-24 22:21:57 +00:00
if (!rtnl_dereference(nh->nh_dev))
deleted++;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
} endfor_nexthops(rt);
net: mpls: Fix nexthop alive tracking on down events Alive tracking of nexthops can account for a link twice if the carrier goes down followed by an admin down of the same link rendering multipath routes useless. This is similar to 79099aab38c8 for UNREGISTER events and DOWN events. Fix by tracking number of alive nexthops in mpls_ifdown similar to the logic in mpls_ifup. Checking the flags per nexthop once after all events have been processed is simpler than trying to maintian a running count through all event combinations. Also, WRITE_ONCE is used instead of ACCESS_ONCE to set rt_nhn_alive per a comment from checkpatch: WARNING: Prefer WRITE_ONCE(<FOO>, <BAR>) over ACCESS_ONCE(<FOO>) = <BAR> Fixes: c89359a42e2a4 ("mpls: support for dead routes") Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-13 23:49:10 +00:00
WRITE_ONCE(rt->rt_nhn_alive, alive);
net: mpls: Delete route when all nexthops have been deleted When all devices for all nexthops in a route have been deleted, the route is effectively dead, so remove it. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-24 22:21:57 +00:00
/* if there are no more nexthops, delete the route */
if (event == NETDEV_UNREGISTER && deleted == rt->rt_nhn)
mpls_route_update(net, index, NULL, NULL);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
}
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
}
net: mpls: rt_nhn_alive and nh_flags should be accessed using READ_ONCE The number of alive nexthops for a route (rt->rt_nhn_alive) and the flags for a next hop (nh->nh_flags) are modified by netdev event handlers. The event handlers run with rtnl_lock held so updates are always done with the lock held. The packet path accesses the fields under the rcu lock. Since those fields can change at any moment in the packet path, both fields should be accessed using READ_ONCE. Updates to both fields should use WRITE_ONCE. Update mpls_select_multipath (packet path) and mpls_ifdown and mpls_ifup (event handlers) accordingly. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:13:59 +00:00
static void mpls_ifup(struct net_device *dev, unsigned int flags)
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
{
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label;
struct net *net = dev_net(dev);
unsigned index;
net: mpls: Convert number of nexthops to u8 Number of nexthops and number of alive nexthops are tracked using an unsigned int. A route should never have more than 255 nexthops so convert both to u8. Update all references and intermediate variables to consistently use u8 as well. Shrinks the size of mpls_route from 32 bytes to 24 bytes with a 2-byte hole before the nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:00 +00:00
u8 alive;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
platform_label = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
for (index = 0; index < net->mpls.platform_labels; index++) {
struct mpls_route *rt = rtnl_dereference(platform_label[index]);
if (!rt)
continue;
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:38 +00:00
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
alive = 0;
change_nexthops(rt) {
net: mpls: rt_nhn_alive and nh_flags should be accessed using READ_ONCE The number of alive nexthops for a route (rt->rt_nhn_alive) and the flags for a next hop (nh->nh_flags) are modified by netdev event handlers. The event handlers run with rtnl_lock held so updates are always done with the lock held. The packet path accesses the fields under the rcu lock. Since those fields can change at any moment in the packet path, both fields should be accessed using READ_ONCE. Updates to both fields should use WRITE_ONCE. Update mpls_select_multipath (packet path) and mpls_ifdown and mpls_ifup (event handlers) accordingly. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:13:59 +00:00
unsigned int nh_flags = nh->nh_flags;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
struct net_device *nh_dev =
rtnl_dereference(nh->nh_dev);
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:37 +00:00
net: mpls: rt_nhn_alive and nh_flags should be accessed using READ_ONCE The number of alive nexthops for a route (rt->rt_nhn_alive) and the flags for a next hop (nh->nh_flags) are modified by netdev event handlers. The event handlers run with rtnl_lock held so updates are always done with the lock held. The packet path accesses the fields under the rcu lock. Since those fields can change at any moment in the packet path, both fields should be accessed using READ_ONCE. Updates to both fields should use WRITE_ONCE. Update mpls_select_multipath (packet path) and mpls_ifdown and mpls_ifup (event handlers) accordingly. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:13:59 +00:00
if (!(nh_flags & flags)) {
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
alive++;
continue;
}
if (nh_dev != dev)
continue;
alive++;
net: mpls: rt_nhn_alive and nh_flags should be accessed using READ_ONCE The number of alive nexthops for a route (rt->rt_nhn_alive) and the flags for a next hop (nh->nh_flags) are modified by netdev event handlers. The event handlers run with rtnl_lock held so updates are always done with the lock held. The packet path accesses the fields under the rcu lock. Since those fields can change at any moment in the packet path, both fields should be accessed using READ_ONCE. Updates to both fields should use WRITE_ONCE. Update mpls_select_multipath (packet path) and mpls_ifdown and mpls_ifup (event handlers) accordingly. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:13:59 +00:00
nh_flags &= ~flags;
mpls: fix clearing of dead nh_flags on link up recent fixes to use WRITE_ONCE for nh_flags on link up, accidently ended up leaving the deadflags on a nh. This patch fixes the WRITE_ONCE to use freshly evaluated nh_flags. Fixes: 39eb8cd17588 ("net: mpls: rt_nhn_alive and nh_flags should be accessed using READ_ONCE") Reported-by: Satish Ashok <sashok@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-31 06:50:36 +00:00
WRITE_ONCE(nh->nh_flags, nh_flags);
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
} endfor_nexthops(rt);
net: mpls: rt_nhn_alive and nh_flags should be accessed using READ_ONCE The number of alive nexthops for a route (rt->rt_nhn_alive) and the flags for a next hop (nh->nh_flags) are modified by netdev event handlers. The event handlers run with rtnl_lock held so updates are always done with the lock held. The packet path accesses the fields under the rcu lock. Since those fields can change at any moment in the packet path, both fields should be accessed using READ_ONCE. Updates to both fields should use WRITE_ONCE. Update mpls_select_multipath (packet path) and mpls_ifdown and mpls_ifup (event handlers) accordingly. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:13:59 +00:00
WRITE_ONCE(rt->rt_nhn_alive, alive);
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
}
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
}
static int mpls_dev_notify(struct notifier_block *this, unsigned long event,
void *ptr)
{
struct net_device *dev = netdev_notifier_info_to_dev(ptr);
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:37 +00:00
struct mpls_dev *mdev;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
unsigned int flags;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
if (event == NETDEV_REGISTER) {
mpls: allow routes on ip6gre devices Summary: This appears to be necessary and sufficient change to enable `MPLS` on `ip6gre` tunnels (RFC4023). This diff allows IP6GRE devices to be recognized by MPLS kernel module and hence user can configure interface to accept packets with mpls headers as well setup mpls routes on them. Test Plan: Test plan consists of multiple containers connected via GRE-V6 tunnel. Then carrying out testing steps as below. - Carry out necessary sysctl settings on all containers ``` sysctl -w net.mpls.platform_labels=65536 sysctl -w net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate=1 sysctl -w net.mpls.conf.lo.input=1 ``` - Establish IP6GRE tunnels ``` ip -6 tunnel add name if_1_2_1 mode ip6gre \ local 2401:db00:21:6048:feed:0::1 \ remote 2401:db00:21:6048:feed:0::2 key 1 ip link set dev if_1_2_1 up sysctl -w net.mpls.conf.if_1_2_1.input=1 ip -4 addr add 169.254.0.2/31 dev if_1_2_1 scope link ip -6 tunnel add name if_1_3_1 mode ip6gre \ local 2401:db00:21:6048:feed:0::1 \ remote 2401:db00:21:6048:feed:0::3 key 1 ip link set dev if_1_3_1 up sysctl -w net.mpls.conf.if_1_3_1.input=1 ip -4 addr add 169.254.0.4/31 dev if_1_3_1 scope link ``` - Install MPLS encap rules on node-1 towards node-2 ``` ip route add 192.168.0.11/32 nexthop encap mpls 32/64 \ via inet 169.254.0.3 dev if_1_2_1 ``` - Install MPLS forwarding rules on node-2 and node-3 ``` // node2 ip -f mpls route add 32 via inet 169.254.0.7 dev if_2_4_1 // node3 ip -f mpls route add 64 via inet 169.254.0.12 dev if_4_3_1 ``` - Ping 192.168.0.11 (node4) from 192.168.0.1 (node1) (where routing towards 192.168.0.1 is via IP route directly towards node1 from node4) ``` ping 192.168.0.11 ``` - tcpdump on interface to capture ping packets wrapped within MPLS header which inturn wrapped within IP6GRE header ``` 16:43:41.121073 IP6 2401:db00:21:6048:feed::1 > 2401:db00:21:6048:feed::2: DSTOPT GREv0, key=0x1, length 100: MPLS (label 32, exp 0, ttl 255) (label 64, exp 0, [S], ttl 255) IP 192.168.0.1 > 192.168.0.11: ICMP echo request, id 1208, seq 45, length 64 0x0000: 6000 2cdb 006c 3c3f 2401 db00 0021 6048 `.,..l<?$....!`H 0x0010: feed 0000 0000 0001 2401 db00 0021 6048 ........$....!`H 0x0020: feed 0000 0000 0002 2f00 0401 0401 0100 ......../....... 0x0030: 2000 8847 0000 0001 0002 00ff 0004 01ff ...G............ 0x0040: 4500 0054 3280 4000 ff01 c7cb c0a8 0001 E..T2.@......... 0x0050: c0a8 000b 0800 a8d7 04b8 002d 2d3c a05b ...........--<.[ 0x0060: 0000 0000 bcd8 0100 0000 0000 1011 1213 ................ 0x0070: 1415 1617 1819 1a1b 1c1d 1e1f 2021 2223 .............!"# 0x0080: 2425 2627 2829 2a2b 2c2d 2e2f 3031 3233 $%&'()*+,-./0123 0x0090: 3435 3637 4567 ``` Signed-off-by: Saif Hasan <has@fb.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-09-21 21:30:05 +00:00
/* For now just support Ethernet, IPGRE, IP6GRE, SIT and
* IPIP devices
*/
mpls: allow routes on ipgre devices This appears to be necessary and sufficient to provide MPLS in GRE (RFC4023) support. This can be used by establishing an ipgre tunnel device and then routing MPLS over it. The following example will forward MPLS frames received with an outermost MPLS label 100 over tun1, a GRE tunnel. The forwarded packet will have the outermost MPLS LSE removed and two new LSEs added with labels 200 (outermost) and 300 (next). ip link add name tun1 type gre remote 10.0.99.193 local 10.0.99.192 ttl 225 ip link set up dev tun1 ip addr add 10.0.98.192/24 dev tun1 ip route sh echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/mpls/conf/eth0/input echo 101 > /proc/sys/net/mpls/platform_labels ip -f mpls route add 100 as 200/300 via inet 10.0.98.193 ip -f mpls route sh Also remove unnecessary braces. Reviewed-by: Dinan Gunawardena <dinan.gunawardena@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-06-16 08:09:09 +00:00
if (dev->type == ARPHRD_ETHER ||
dev->type == ARPHRD_LOOPBACK ||
mpls: allow routes on ipip and sit devices Allow MPLS routes on IPIP and SIT devices now that they support forwarding MPLS packets. Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Dinan Gunawardena <dinan.gunawardena@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-07 05:56:15 +00:00
dev->type == ARPHRD_IPGRE ||
mpls: allow routes on ip6gre devices Summary: This appears to be necessary and sufficient change to enable `MPLS` on `ip6gre` tunnels (RFC4023). This diff allows IP6GRE devices to be recognized by MPLS kernel module and hence user can configure interface to accept packets with mpls headers as well setup mpls routes on them. Test Plan: Test plan consists of multiple containers connected via GRE-V6 tunnel. Then carrying out testing steps as below. - Carry out necessary sysctl settings on all containers ``` sysctl -w net.mpls.platform_labels=65536 sysctl -w net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate=1 sysctl -w net.mpls.conf.lo.input=1 ``` - Establish IP6GRE tunnels ``` ip -6 tunnel add name if_1_2_1 mode ip6gre \ local 2401:db00:21:6048:feed:0::1 \ remote 2401:db00:21:6048:feed:0::2 key 1 ip link set dev if_1_2_1 up sysctl -w net.mpls.conf.if_1_2_1.input=1 ip -4 addr add 169.254.0.2/31 dev if_1_2_1 scope link ip -6 tunnel add name if_1_3_1 mode ip6gre \ local 2401:db00:21:6048:feed:0::1 \ remote 2401:db00:21:6048:feed:0::3 key 1 ip link set dev if_1_3_1 up sysctl -w net.mpls.conf.if_1_3_1.input=1 ip -4 addr add 169.254.0.4/31 dev if_1_3_1 scope link ``` - Install MPLS encap rules on node-1 towards node-2 ``` ip route add 192.168.0.11/32 nexthop encap mpls 32/64 \ via inet 169.254.0.3 dev if_1_2_1 ``` - Install MPLS forwarding rules on node-2 and node-3 ``` // node2 ip -f mpls route add 32 via inet 169.254.0.7 dev if_2_4_1 // node3 ip -f mpls route add 64 via inet 169.254.0.12 dev if_4_3_1 ``` - Ping 192.168.0.11 (node4) from 192.168.0.1 (node1) (where routing towards 192.168.0.1 is via IP route directly towards node1 from node4) ``` ping 192.168.0.11 ``` - tcpdump on interface to capture ping packets wrapped within MPLS header which inturn wrapped within IP6GRE header ``` 16:43:41.121073 IP6 2401:db00:21:6048:feed::1 > 2401:db00:21:6048:feed::2: DSTOPT GREv0, key=0x1, length 100: MPLS (label 32, exp 0, ttl 255) (label 64, exp 0, [S], ttl 255) IP 192.168.0.1 > 192.168.0.11: ICMP echo request, id 1208, seq 45, length 64 0x0000: 6000 2cdb 006c 3c3f 2401 db00 0021 6048 `.,..l<?$....!`H 0x0010: feed 0000 0000 0001 2401 db00 0021 6048 ........$....!`H 0x0020: feed 0000 0000 0002 2f00 0401 0401 0100 ......../....... 0x0030: 2000 8847 0000 0001 0002 00ff 0004 01ff ...G............ 0x0040: 4500 0054 3280 4000 ff01 c7cb c0a8 0001 E..T2.@......... 0x0050: c0a8 000b 0800 a8d7 04b8 002d 2d3c a05b ...........--<.[ 0x0060: 0000 0000 bcd8 0100 0000 0000 1011 1213 ................ 0x0070: 1415 1617 1819 1a1b 1c1d 1e1f 2021 2223 .............!"# 0x0080: 2425 2627 2829 2a2b 2c2d 2e2f 3031 3233 $%&'()*+,-./0123 0x0090: 3435 3637 4567 ``` Signed-off-by: Saif Hasan <has@fb.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-09-21 21:30:05 +00:00
dev->type == ARPHRD_IP6GRE ||
mpls: allow routes on ipip and sit devices Allow MPLS routes on IPIP and SIT devices now that they support forwarding MPLS packets. Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <simon.horman@netronome.com> Reviewed-by: Dinan Gunawardena <dinan.gunawardena@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-07-07 05:56:15 +00:00
dev->type == ARPHRD_SIT ||
dev->type == ARPHRD_TUNNEL) {
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:37 +00:00
mdev = mpls_add_dev(dev);
if (IS_ERR(mdev))
return notifier_from_errno(PTR_ERR(mdev));
}
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
return NOTIFY_OK;
}
mpls: Per-device MPLS state Add per-device MPLS state to supported interfaces. Use the presence of this state in mpls_route_add to determine that this is a supported interface. Use the presence of mpls_dev to drop packets that arrived on an unsupported interface - previously they were allowed through. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:37 +00:00
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
mdev = mpls_dev_get(dev);
if (!mdev)
return NOTIFY_OK;
switch (event) {
case NETDEV_DOWN:
mpls_ifdown(dev, event);
break;
case NETDEV_UP:
flags = dev_get_flags(dev);
if (flags & (IFF_RUNNING | IFF_LOWER_UP))
mpls_ifup(dev, RTNH_F_DEAD | RTNH_F_LINKDOWN);
else
mpls_ifup(dev, RTNH_F_DEAD);
break;
case NETDEV_CHANGE:
flags = dev_get_flags(dev);
if (flags & (IFF_RUNNING | IFF_LOWER_UP))
mpls_ifup(dev, RTNH_F_DEAD | RTNH_F_LINKDOWN);
else
mpls_ifdown(dev, event);
break;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
case NETDEV_UNREGISTER:
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
mpls_ifdown(dev, event);
mdev = mpls_dev_get(dev);
if (mdev) {
net: mpls: Send netconf messages on device register and unregister Send netconf notifications for MPLS when the device registers and unregisters. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 21:28:07 +00:00
mpls_dev_sysctl_unregister(dev, mdev);
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
RCU_INIT_POINTER(dev->mpls_ptr, NULL);
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
call_rcu(&mdev->rcu, mpls_dev_destroy_rcu);
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
}
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
break;
mpls: handle device renames for per-device sysctls If a device is renamed and the original name is subsequently reused for a new device, the following warning is generated: sysctl duplicate entry: /net/mpls/conf/veth0//input CPU: 3 PID: 1379 Comm: ip Not tainted 4.1.0-rc4+ #20 Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS 1.7.5-20140531_083030-gandalf 04/01/2014 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 ffffffff81566aaf 0000000000000000 ffffffff81236279 ffff88002f7d7f00 0000000000000000 ffff88000db336d8 ffff88000db33698 0000000000000005 ffff88002e046000 ffff8800168c9280 Call Trace: [<ffffffff81566aaf>] ? dump_stack+0x40/0x50 [<ffffffff81236279>] ? __register_sysctl_table+0x289/0x5a0 [<ffffffffa051a24f>] ? mpls_dev_notify+0x1ff/0x300 [mpls_router] [<ffffffff8108db7f>] ? notifier_call_chain+0x4f/0x70 [<ffffffff81470e72>] ? register_netdevice+0x2b2/0x480 [<ffffffffa0524748>] ? veth_newlink+0x178/0x2d3 [veth] [<ffffffff8147f84c>] ? rtnl_newlink+0x73c/0x8e0 [<ffffffff8147f27a>] ? rtnl_newlink+0x16a/0x8e0 [<ffffffff81459ff2>] ? __kmalloc_reserve.isra.30+0x32/0x90 [<ffffffff8147ccfd>] ? rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x8d/0x250 [<ffffffff8145b027>] ? __alloc_skb+0x47/0x1f0 [<ffffffff8149badb>] ? __netlink_lookup+0xab/0xe0 [<ffffffff8147cc70>] ? rtnetlink_rcv+0x30/0x30 [<ffffffff8149e7a0>] ? netlink_rcv_skb+0xb0/0xd0 [<ffffffff8147cc64>] ? rtnetlink_rcv+0x24/0x30 [<ffffffff8149df17>] ? netlink_unicast+0x107/0x1a0 [<ffffffff8149e4be>] ? netlink_sendmsg+0x50e/0x630 [<ffffffff8145209c>] ? sock_sendmsg+0x3c/0x50 [<ffffffff81452beb>] ? ___sys_sendmsg+0x27b/0x290 [<ffffffff811bd258>] ? mem_cgroup_try_charge+0x88/0x110 [<ffffffff811bd5b6>] ? mem_cgroup_commit_charge+0x56/0xa0 [<ffffffff811d7700>] ? do_filp_open+0x30/0xa0 [<ffffffff8145336e>] ? __sys_sendmsg+0x3e/0x80 [<ffffffff8156c3f2>] ? system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x75 Fix this by unregistering the previous sysctl table (registered for the path containing the original device name) and re-registering the table for the path containing the new device name. Fixes: 37bde79979c3 ("mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input") Reported-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-11 18:58:26 +00:00
case NETDEV_CHANGENAME:
mdev = mpls_dev_get(dev);
if (mdev) {
int err;
net: mpls: Send netconf messages on device register and unregister Send netconf notifications for MPLS when the device registers and unregisters. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 21:28:07 +00:00
mpls_dev_sysctl_unregister(dev, mdev);
mpls: handle device renames for per-device sysctls If a device is renamed and the original name is subsequently reused for a new device, the following warning is generated: sysctl duplicate entry: /net/mpls/conf/veth0//input CPU: 3 PID: 1379 Comm: ip Not tainted 4.1.0-rc4+ #20 Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS 1.7.5-20140531_083030-gandalf 04/01/2014 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 ffffffff81566aaf 0000000000000000 ffffffff81236279 ffff88002f7d7f00 0000000000000000 ffff88000db336d8 ffff88000db33698 0000000000000005 ffff88002e046000 ffff8800168c9280 Call Trace: [<ffffffff81566aaf>] ? dump_stack+0x40/0x50 [<ffffffff81236279>] ? __register_sysctl_table+0x289/0x5a0 [<ffffffffa051a24f>] ? mpls_dev_notify+0x1ff/0x300 [mpls_router] [<ffffffff8108db7f>] ? notifier_call_chain+0x4f/0x70 [<ffffffff81470e72>] ? register_netdevice+0x2b2/0x480 [<ffffffffa0524748>] ? veth_newlink+0x178/0x2d3 [veth] [<ffffffff8147f84c>] ? rtnl_newlink+0x73c/0x8e0 [<ffffffff8147f27a>] ? rtnl_newlink+0x16a/0x8e0 [<ffffffff81459ff2>] ? __kmalloc_reserve.isra.30+0x32/0x90 [<ffffffff8147ccfd>] ? rtnetlink_rcv_msg+0x8d/0x250 [<ffffffff8145b027>] ? __alloc_skb+0x47/0x1f0 [<ffffffff8149badb>] ? __netlink_lookup+0xab/0xe0 [<ffffffff8147cc70>] ? rtnetlink_rcv+0x30/0x30 [<ffffffff8149e7a0>] ? netlink_rcv_skb+0xb0/0xd0 [<ffffffff8147cc64>] ? rtnetlink_rcv+0x24/0x30 [<ffffffff8149df17>] ? netlink_unicast+0x107/0x1a0 [<ffffffff8149e4be>] ? netlink_sendmsg+0x50e/0x630 [<ffffffff8145209c>] ? sock_sendmsg+0x3c/0x50 [<ffffffff81452beb>] ? ___sys_sendmsg+0x27b/0x290 [<ffffffff811bd258>] ? mem_cgroup_try_charge+0x88/0x110 [<ffffffff811bd5b6>] ? mem_cgroup_commit_charge+0x56/0xa0 [<ffffffff811d7700>] ? do_filp_open+0x30/0xa0 [<ffffffff8145336e>] ? __sys_sendmsg+0x3e/0x80 [<ffffffff8156c3f2>] ? system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x75 Fix this by unregistering the previous sysctl table (registered for the path containing the original device name) and re-registering the table for the path containing the new device name. Fixes: 37bde79979c3 ("mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input") Reported-by: Scott Feldman <sfeldma@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-06-11 18:58:26 +00:00
err = mpls_dev_sysctl_register(dev, mdev);
if (err)
return notifier_from_errno(err);
}
break;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
}
return NOTIFY_OK;
}
static struct notifier_block mpls_dev_notifier = {
.notifier_call = mpls_dev_notify,
};
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
static int nla_put_via(struct sk_buff *skb,
neigh: Use neigh table index for neigh_packet_xmit Remove a little bit of unnecessary work when transmitting a packet with neigh_packet_xmit. Use the neighbour table index not the address family as a parameter. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:25:56 +00:00
u8 table, const void *addr, int alen)
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
{
neigh: Use neigh table index for neigh_packet_xmit Remove a little bit of unnecessary work when transmitting a packet with neigh_packet_xmit. Use the neighbour table index not the address family as a parameter. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:25:56 +00:00
static const int table_to_family[NEIGH_NR_TABLES + 1] = {
AF_INET, AF_INET6, AF_DECnet, AF_PACKET,
};
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
struct nlattr *nla;
struct rtvia *via;
neigh: Use neigh table index for neigh_packet_xmit Remove a little bit of unnecessary work when transmitting a packet with neigh_packet_xmit. Use the neighbour table index not the address family as a parameter. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:25:56 +00:00
int family = AF_UNSPEC;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
nla = nla_reserve(skb, RTA_VIA, alen + 2);
if (!nla)
return -EMSGSIZE;
neigh: Use neigh table index for neigh_packet_xmit Remove a little bit of unnecessary work when transmitting a packet with neigh_packet_xmit. Use the neighbour table index not the address family as a parameter. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:25:56 +00:00
if (table <= NEIGH_NR_TABLES)
family = table_to_family[table];
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
via = nla_data(nla);
via->rtvia_family = family;
memcpy(via->rtvia_addr, addr, alen);
return 0;
}
mpls: Functions for reading and wrinting mpls labels over netlink Reading and writing addresses in network byte order in netlink is traditional and I see no reason to change that. MPLS is interesting as effectively it has variabely length addresses (the MPLS label stack). To represent these variable length addresses in netlink I use a valid MPLS label stack (complete with stop bit). This achieves two things: a well defined existing format is used, and the data can be interpreted without looking at it's length. Not needed to look at the length to decode the variable length network representation allows existing userspace functions such as inet_ntop to be used without needed to change their prototype. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:19 +00:00
int nla_put_labels(struct sk_buff *skb, int attrtype,
u8 labels, const u32 label[])
{
struct nlattr *nla;
struct mpls_shim_hdr *nla_label;
bool bos;
int i;
nla = nla_reserve(skb, attrtype, labels*4);
if (!nla)
return -EMSGSIZE;
nla_label = nla_data(nla);
bos = true;
for (i = labels - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
nla_label[i] = mpls_entry_encode(label[i], 0, 0, bos);
bos = false;
}
return 0;
}
mpls: export mpls functions for use by mpls iptunnels Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 08:43:52 +00:00
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nla_put_labels);
mpls: Functions for reading and wrinting mpls labels over netlink Reading and writing addresses in network byte order in netlink is traditional and I see no reason to change that. MPLS is interesting as effectively it has variabely length addresses (the MPLS label stack). To represent these variable length addresses in netlink I use a valid MPLS label stack (complete with stop bit). This achieves two things: a well defined existing format is used, and the data can be interpreted without looking at it's length. Not needed to look at the length to decode the variable length network representation allows existing userspace functions such as inet_ntop to be used without needed to change their prototype. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:19 +00:00
net: Fill in extack for mpls lwt encap Fill in extack for errors in build_state for mpls lwt encap including passing extack to nla_get_labels and adding error messages for failures in it. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:29 +00:00
int nla_get_labels(const struct nlattr *nla, u8 max_labels, u8 *labels,
u32 label[], struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
mpls: Functions for reading and wrinting mpls labels over netlink Reading and writing addresses in network byte order in netlink is traditional and I see no reason to change that. MPLS is interesting as effectively it has variabely length addresses (the MPLS label stack). To represent these variable length addresses in netlink I use a valid MPLS label stack (complete with stop bit). This achieves two things: a well defined existing format is used, and the data can be interpreted without looking at it's length. Not needed to look at the length to decode the variable length network representation allows existing userspace functions such as inet_ntop to be used without needed to change their prototype. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:19 +00:00
{
unsigned len = nla_len(nla);
struct mpls_shim_hdr *nla_label;
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
u8 nla_labels;
mpls: Functions for reading and wrinting mpls labels over netlink Reading and writing addresses in network byte order in netlink is traditional and I see no reason to change that. MPLS is interesting as effectively it has variabely length addresses (the MPLS label stack). To represent these variable length addresses in netlink I use a valid MPLS label stack (complete with stop bit). This achieves two things: a well defined existing format is used, and the data can be interpreted without looking at it's length. Not needed to look at the length to decode the variable length network representation allows existing userspace functions such as inet_ntop to be used without needed to change their prototype. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:19 +00:00
bool bos;
int i;
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
/* len needs to be an even multiple of 4 (the label size). Number
* of labels is a u8 so check for overflow.
*/
net: Fill in extack for mpls lwt encap Fill in extack for errors in build_state for mpls lwt encap including passing extack to nla_get_labels and adding error messages for failures in it. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:29 +00:00
if (len & 3 || len / 4 > 255) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR(extack, nla,
"Invalid length for labels attribute");
mpls: Functions for reading and wrinting mpls labels over netlink Reading and writing addresses in network byte order in netlink is traditional and I see no reason to change that. MPLS is interesting as effectively it has variabely length addresses (the MPLS label stack). To represent these variable length addresses in netlink I use a valid MPLS label stack (complete with stop bit). This achieves two things: a well defined existing format is used, and the data can be interpreted without looking at it's length. Not needed to look at the length to decode the variable length network representation allows existing userspace functions such as inet_ntop to be used without needed to change their prototype. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:19 +00:00
return -EINVAL;
net: Fill in extack for mpls lwt encap Fill in extack for errors in build_state for mpls lwt encap including passing extack to nla_get_labels and adding error messages for failures in it. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:29 +00:00
}
mpls: Functions for reading and wrinting mpls labels over netlink Reading and writing addresses in network byte order in netlink is traditional and I see no reason to change that. MPLS is interesting as effectively it has variabely length addresses (the MPLS label stack). To represent these variable length addresses in netlink I use a valid MPLS label stack (complete with stop bit). This achieves two things: a well defined existing format is used, and the data can be interpreted without looking at it's length. Not needed to look at the length to decode the variable length network representation allows existing userspace functions such as inet_ntop to be used without needed to change their prototype. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:19 +00:00
/* Limit the number of new labels allowed */
nla_labels = len/4;
net: Fill in extack for mpls lwt encap Fill in extack for errors in build_state for mpls lwt encap including passing extack to nla_get_labels and adding error messages for failures in it. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:29 +00:00
if (nla_labels > max_labels) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack, "Too many labels");
mpls: Functions for reading and wrinting mpls labels over netlink Reading and writing addresses in network byte order in netlink is traditional and I see no reason to change that. MPLS is interesting as effectively it has variabely length addresses (the MPLS label stack). To represent these variable length addresses in netlink I use a valid MPLS label stack (complete with stop bit). This achieves two things: a well defined existing format is used, and the data can be interpreted without looking at it's length. Not needed to look at the length to decode the variable length network representation allows existing userspace functions such as inet_ntop to be used without needed to change their prototype. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:19 +00:00
return -EINVAL;
net: Fill in extack for mpls lwt encap Fill in extack for errors in build_state for mpls lwt encap including passing extack to nla_get_labels and adding error messages for failures in it. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:29 +00:00
}
mpls: Functions for reading and wrinting mpls labels over netlink Reading and writing addresses in network byte order in netlink is traditional and I see no reason to change that. MPLS is interesting as effectively it has variabely length addresses (the MPLS label stack). To represent these variable length addresses in netlink I use a valid MPLS label stack (complete with stop bit). This achieves two things: a well defined existing format is used, and the data can be interpreted without looking at it's length. Not needed to look at the length to decode the variable length network representation allows existing userspace functions such as inet_ntop to be used without needed to change their prototype. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:19 +00:00
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
/* when label == NULL, caller wants number of labels */
if (!label)
goto out;
mpls: Functions for reading and wrinting mpls labels over netlink Reading and writing addresses in network byte order in netlink is traditional and I see no reason to change that. MPLS is interesting as effectively it has variabely length addresses (the MPLS label stack). To represent these variable length addresses in netlink I use a valid MPLS label stack (complete with stop bit). This achieves two things: a well defined existing format is used, and the data can be interpreted without looking at it's length. Not needed to look at the length to decode the variable length network representation allows existing userspace functions such as inet_ntop to be used without needed to change their prototype. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:19 +00:00
nla_label = nla_data(nla);
bos = true;
for (i = nla_labels - 1; i >= 0; i--, bos = false) {
struct mpls_entry_decoded dec;
dec = mpls_entry_decode(nla_label + i);
/* Ensure the bottom of stack flag is properly set
* and ttl and tc are both clear.
*/
net: Fill in extack for mpls lwt encap Fill in extack for errors in build_state for mpls lwt encap including passing extack to nla_get_labels and adding error messages for failures in it. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:29 +00:00
if (dec.ttl) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR(extack, nla,
"TTL in label must be 0");
return -EINVAL;
}
if (dec.tc) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR(extack, nla,
"Traffic class in label must be 0");
mpls: Functions for reading and wrinting mpls labels over netlink Reading and writing addresses in network byte order in netlink is traditional and I see no reason to change that. MPLS is interesting as effectively it has variabely length addresses (the MPLS label stack). To represent these variable length addresses in netlink I use a valid MPLS label stack (complete with stop bit). This achieves two things: a well defined existing format is used, and the data can be interpreted without looking at it's length. Not needed to look at the length to decode the variable length network representation allows existing userspace functions such as inet_ntop to be used without needed to change their prototype. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:19 +00:00
return -EINVAL;
net: Fill in extack for mpls lwt encap Fill in extack for errors in build_state for mpls lwt encap including passing extack to nla_get_labels and adding error messages for failures in it. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:29 +00:00
}
if (dec.bos != bos) {
NL_SET_BAD_ATTR(extack, nla);
if (bos) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack,
"BOS bit must be set in first label");
} else {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack,
"BOS bit can only be set in first label");
}
return -EINVAL;
}
mpls: Functions for reading and wrinting mpls labels over netlink Reading and writing addresses in network byte order in netlink is traditional and I see no reason to change that. MPLS is interesting as effectively it has variabely length addresses (the MPLS label stack). To represent these variable length addresses in netlink I use a valid MPLS label stack (complete with stop bit). This achieves two things: a well defined existing format is used, and the data can be interpreted without looking at it's length. Not needed to look at the length to decode the variable length network representation allows existing userspace functions such as inet_ntop to be used without needed to change their prototype. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:19 +00:00
mpls: Prevent use of implicit NULL label as outgoing label The reserved implicit-NULL label isn't allowed to appear in the label stack for packets, so make it an error for the control plane to specify it as an outgoing label. Suggested-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:39 +00:00
switch (dec.label) {
mpls: Change reserved label names to be consistent with netbsd Since these are now visible to userspace it is nice to be consistent with BSD (sys/netmpls/mpls.h in netBSD). Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-07 15:08:51 +00:00
case MPLS_LABEL_IMPLNULL:
mpls: Prevent use of implicit NULL label as outgoing label The reserved implicit-NULL label isn't allowed to appear in the label stack for packets, so make it an error for the control plane to specify it as an outgoing label. Suggested-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:39 +00:00
/* RFC3032: This is a label that an LSR may
* assign and distribute, but which never
* actually appears in the encapsulation.
*/
net: Fill in extack for mpls lwt encap Fill in extack for errors in build_state for mpls lwt encap including passing extack to nla_get_labels and adding error messages for failures in it. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:29 +00:00
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR(extack, nla,
"Implicit NULL Label (3) can not be used in encapsulation");
mpls: Prevent use of implicit NULL label as outgoing label The reserved implicit-NULL label isn't allowed to appear in the label stack for packets, so make it an error for the control plane to specify it as an outgoing label. Suggested-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:39 +00:00
return -EINVAL;
}
mpls: Functions for reading and wrinting mpls labels over netlink Reading and writing addresses in network byte order in netlink is traditional and I see no reason to change that. MPLS is interesting as effectively it has variabely length addresses (the MPLS label stack). To represent these variable length addresses in netlink I use a valid MPLS label stack (complete with stop bit). This achieves two things: a well defined existing format is used, and the data can be interpreted without looking at it's length. Not needed to look at the length to decode the variable length network representation allows existing userspace functions such as inet_ntop to be used without needed to change their prototype. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:19 +00:00
label[i] = dec.label;
}
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
out:
mpls: Functions for reading and wrinting mpls labels over netlink Reading and writing addresses in network byte order in netlink is traditional and I see no reason to change that. MPLS is interesting as effectively it has variabely length addresses (the MPLS label stack). To represent these variable length addresses in netlink I use a valid MPLS label stack (complete with stop bit). This achieves two things: a well defined existing format is used, and the data can be interpreted without looking at it's length. Not needed to look at the length to decode the variable length network representation allows existing userspace functions such as inet_ntop to be used without needed to change their prototype. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:19 +00:00
*labels = nla_labels;
return 0;
}
mpls: export mpls functions for use by mpls iptunnels Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-07-21 08:43:52 +00:00
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(nla_get_labels);
mpls: Functions for reading and wrinting mpls labels over netlink Reading and writing addresses in network byte order in netlink is traditional and I see no reason to change that. MPLS is interesting as effectively it has variabely length addresses (the MPLS label stack). To represent these variable length addresses in netlink I use a valid MPLS label stack (complete with stop bit). This achieves two things: a well defined existing format is used, and the data can be interpreted without looking at it's length. Not needed to look at the length to decode the variable length network representation allows existing userspace functions such as inet_ntop to be used without needed to change their prototype. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:19 +00:00
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
static int rtm_to_route_config(struct sk_buff *skb,
struct nlmsghdr *nlh,
struct mpls_route_config *cfg,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
{
struct rtmsg *rtm;
struct nlattr *tb[RTA_MAX+1];
int index;
int err;
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness We currently have two levels of strict validation: 1) liberal (default) - undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted - garbage at end of message accepted 2) strict (opt-in) - NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted Split out parsing strictness into four different options: * TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing attributes (in message or nested) * MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type * UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries * STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size The default for future things should be *everything*. The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE, and is renamed to _deprecated_strict(). The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to *_parse_deprecated(). Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply to the POLICY flag. We end up with the following renames: * nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated * nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict * nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated * nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict * nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated * nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated Using spatch, of course: @@ expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) @@ expression START, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT) +nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong. Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication. Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is. In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:07:28 +00:00
err = nlmsg_parse_deprecated(nlh, sizeof(*rtm), tb, RTA_MAX,
rtm_mpls_policy, extack);
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
if (err < 0)
goto errout;
err = -EINVAL;
rtm = nlmsg_data(nlh);
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
if (rtm->rtm_family != AF_MPLS) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack, "Invalid address family in rtmsg");
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
}
if (rtm->rtm_dst_len != 20) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack, "rtm_dst_len must be 20 for MPLS");
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
}
if (rtm->rtm_src_len != 0) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack, "rtm_src_len must be 0 for MPLS");
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
}
if (rtm->rtm_tos != 0) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack, "rtm_tos must be 0 for MPLS");
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
}
if (rtm->rtm_table != RT_TABLE_MAIN) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack,
"MPLS only supports the main route table");
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
}
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
/* Any value is acceptable for rtm_protocol */
/* As mpls uses destination specific addresses
* (or source specific address in the case of multicast)
* all addresses have universal scope.
*/
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
if (rtm->rtm_scope != RT_SCOPE_UNIVERSE) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack,
"Invalid route scope - MPLS only supports UNIVERSE");
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
}
if (rtm->rtm_type != RTN_UNICAST) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack,
"Invalid route type - MPLS only supports UNICAST");
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
}
if (rtm->rtm_flags != 0) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack, "rtm_flags must be 0 for MPLS");
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
}
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
cfg->rc_label = LABEL_NOT_SPECIFIED;
cfg->rc_protocol = rtm->rtm_protocol;
mpls: fix out-of-bounds access when via address not specified When a via address isn't specified, the via table is left initialised to 0 (NEIGH_ARP_TABLE), and the via address length also left initialised to 0. This results in a via address array of length 0 being allocated (contiguous with route and nexthop array), meaning that when a packet is sent using neigh_xmit the neighbour lookup and creation will cause an out-of-bounds access when accessing the 4 bytes of the IPv4 address it assumes it has been given a pointer to. This could be fixed by allocating the 4 bytes of via address necessary and leaving it as all zeroes. However, it seems wrong to me to use an ipv4 nexthop (including possibly ARPing for 0.0.0.0) when the user didn't specify to do so. Instead, set the via address table to NEIGH_NR_TABLES to signify it hasn't been specified and use this at forwarding time to signify a neigh_xmit using an L2 address consisting of the device address. This mechanism is the same as that used for both ARP and ND for loopback interfaces and those flagged as no-arp, which are all we can really support in this case. Fixes: cf4b24f0024f ("mpls: reduce memory usage of routes") Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-10 19:30:50 +00:00
cfg->rc_via_table = MPLS_NEIGH_TABLE_UNSPEC;
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
cfg->rc_ttl_propagate = MPLS_TTL_PROP_DEFAULT;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
cfg->rc_nlflags = nlh->nlmsg_flags;
cfg->rc_nlinfo.portid = NETLINK_CB(skb).portid;
cfg->rc_nlinfo.nlh = nlh;
cfg->rc_nlinfo.nl_net = sock_net(skb->sk);
for (index = 0; index <= RTA_MAX; index++) {
struct nlattr *nla = tb[index];
if (!nla)
continue;
net: af_mpls.c add space before open parenthesis Adding space after switch keyword before open parenthesis for readability purpose. This patch fixes the checkpatch.pl warning: space required before the open parenthesis '(' Signed-off-by: Suraj Deshmukh <surajssd009005@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2016-12-03 07:59:26 +00:00
switch (index) {
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
case RTA_OIF:
cfg->rc_ifindex = nla_get_u32(nla);
break;
case RTA_NEWDST:
if (nla_get_labels(nla, MAX_NEW_LABELS,
&cfg->rc_output_labels,
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
cfg->rc_output_label, extack))
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
break;
case RTA_DST:
{
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
u8 label_count;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
if (nla_get_labels(nla, 1, &label_count,
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
&cfg->rc_label, extack))
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
net: mpls: Pull common label check into helper mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del have the same checks on the label. Move to a helper. Avoid duplicate extack messages in the next patch. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:30 +00:00
if (!mpls_label_ok(cfg->rc_nlinfo.nl_net,
mpls, nospec: Sanitize array index in mpls_label_ok() mpls_label_ok() validates that the 'platform_label' array index from a userspace netlink message payload is valid. Under speculation the mpls_label_ok() result may not resolve in the CPU pipeline until after the index is used to access an array element. Sanitize the index to zero to prevent userspace-controlled arbitrary out-of-bounds speculation, a precursor for a speculative execution side channel vulnerability. Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-08 06:34:24 +00:00
&cfg->rc_label, extack))
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
break;
}
mpls: Return error for RTA_GATEWAY attribute MPLS does not support nexthops with an MPLS address family. Specifically, it does not handle RTA_GATEWAY attribute. Make it clear by returning an error. Fixes: 03c0566542f4c ("mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes") Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-02-26 17:00:04 +00:00
case RTA_GATEWAY:
NL_SET_ERR_MSG(extack, "MPLS does not support RTA_GATEWAY attribute");
goto errout;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
case RTA_VIA:
{
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (nla_get_via(nla, &cfg->rc_via_alen,
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
&cfg->rc_via_table, cfg->rc_via,
extack))
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
goto errout;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
break;
}
case RTA_MULTIPATH:
{
cfg->rc_mp = nla_data(nla);
cfg->rc_mp_len = nla_len(nla);
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
break;
}
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
case RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE:
{
u8 ttl_propagate = nla_get_u8(nla);
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
if (ttl_propagate > 1) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR(extack, nla,
"RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE can only be 0 or 1");
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
goto errout;
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
}
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
cfg->rc_ttl_propagate = ttl_propagate ?
MPLS_TTL_PROP_ENABLED :
MPLS_TTL_PROP_DISABLED;
break;
}
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
default:
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_ATTR(extack, nla, "Unknown attribute");
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
/* Unsupported attribute */
goto errout;
}
}
err = 0;
errout:
return err;
}
net: rtnetlink: plumb extended ack to doit function Add netlink_ext_ack arg to rtnl_doit_func. Pass extack arg to nlmsg_parse for doit functions that call it directly. This is the first step to using extended error reporting in rtnetlink. >From here individual subsystems can be updated to set netlink_ext_ack as needed. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-04-16 16:48:24 +00:00
static int mpls_rtm_delroute(struct sk_buff *skb, struct nlmsghdr *nlh,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
{
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
struct mpls_route_config *cfg;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
int err;
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
cfg = kzalloc(sizeof(*cfg), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!cfg)
return -ENOMEM;
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
err = rtm_to_route_config(skb, nlh, cfg, extack);
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
if (err < 0)
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
goto out;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
err = mpls_route_del(cfg, extack);
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
out:
kfree(cfg);
return err;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
}
net: rtnetlink: plumb extended ack to doit function Add netlink_ext_ack arg to rtnl_doit_func. Pass extack arg to nlmsg_parse for doit functions that call it directly. This is the first step to using extended error reporting in rtnetlink. >From here individual subsystems can be updated to set netlink_ext_ack as needed. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-04-16 16:48:24 +00:00
static int mpls_rtm_newroute(struct sk_buff *skb, struct nlmsghdr *nlh,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
{
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
struct mpls_route_config *cfg;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
int err;
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
cfg = kzalloc(sizeof(*cfg), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!cfg)
return -ENOMEM;
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
err = rtm_to_route_config(skb, nlh, cfg, extack);
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
if (err < 0)
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
goto out;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
net: mpls: Add extack messages for route add and delete failures Add error messages for failures in adding and deleting mpls routes. This covers most of the annoying EINVAL errors. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-05-27 22:19:31 +00:00
err = mpls_route_add(cfg, extack);
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
out:
kfree(cfg);
return err;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
}
static int mpls_dump_route(struct sk_buff *skb, u32 portid, u32 seq, int event,
u32 label, struct mpls_route *rt, int flags)
{
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
struct net_device *dev;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
struct nlmsghdr *nlh;
struct rtmsg *rtm;
nlh = nlmsg_put(skb, portid, seq, event, sizeof(*rtm), flags);
if (nlh == NULL)
return -EMSGSIZE;
rtm = nlmsg_data(nlh);
rtm->rtm_family = AF_MPLS;
rtm->rtm_dst_len = 20;
rtm->rtm_src_len = 0;
rtm->rtm_tos = 0;
rtm->rtm_table = RT_TABLE_MAIN;
rtm->rtm_protocol = rt->rt_protocol;
rtm->rtm_scope = RT_SCOPE_UNIVERSE;
rtm->rtm_type = RTN_UNICAST;
rtm->rtm_flags = 0;
if (nla_put_labels(skb, RTA_DST, 1, &label))
goto nla_put_failure;
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
if (rt->rt_ttl_propagate != MPLS_TTL_PROP_DEFAULT) {
bool ttl_propagate =
rt->rt_ttl_propagate == MPLS_TTL_PROP_ENABLED;
if (nla_put_u8(skb, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE,
ttl_propagate))
goto nla_put_failure;
}
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (rt->rt_nhn == 1) {
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
const struct mpls_nh *nh = rt->rt_nh;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (nh->nh_labels &&
nla_put_labels(skb, RTA_NEWDST, nh->nh_labels,
nh->nh_label))
goto nla_put_failure;
mpls: fix out-of-bounds access when via address not specified When a via address isn't specified, the via table is left initialised to 0 (NEIGH_ARP_TABLE), and the via address length also left initialised to 0. This results in a via address array of length 0 being allocated (contiguous with route and nexthop array), meaning that when a packet is sent using neigh_xmit the neighbour lookup and creation will cause an out-of-bounds access when accessing the 4 bytes of the IPv4 address it assumes it has been given a pointer to. This could be fixed by allocating the 4 bytes of via address necessary and leaving it as all zeroes. However, it seems wrong to me to use an ipv4 nexthop (including possibly ARPing for 0.0.0.0) when the user didn't specify to do so. Instead, set the via address table to NEIGH_NR_TABLES to signify it hasn't been specified and use this at forwarding time to signify a neigh_xmit using an L2 address consisting of the device address. This mechanism is the same as that used for both ARP and ND for loopback interfaces and those flagged as no-arp, which are all we can really support in this case. Fixes: cf4b24f0024f ("mpls: reduce memory usage of routes") Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-10 19:30:50 +00:00
if (nh->nh_via_table != MPLS_NEIGH_TABLE_UNSPEC &&
mpls: don't dump RTA_VIA attribute if not specified The problem seen is that when adding a route with a nexthop with no via address specified, iproute2 generates bogus output: # ip -f mpls route add 100 dev lo # ip -f mpls route list 100 via inet 0.0.8.0 dev lo The reason for this is that the kernel generates an RTA_VIA attribute with the family set to AF_INET, but the via address data having zero length. The cause of family being AF_INET is that on route insert cfg->rc_via_table is left set to 0, which just happens to be NEIGH_ARP_TABLE which is then translated into AF_INET. iproute2 doesn't validate the length prior to printing and so prints garbage. Although it could be fixed to do the validation, I would argue that AF_INET addresses should always be exactly 4 bytes so the kernel is really giving userspace bogus data. Therefore, avoid generating the RTA_VIA attribute when dumping the route if the via address wasn't specified on add/modify. This is indicated by NEIGH_ARP_TABLE and a zero via address length - if the user specified a via address the address length would have been validated such that it was 4 bytes. Although this is a change in behaviour that is visible to userspace, I believe that what was generated before was invalid and as such userspace wouldn't be expecting it. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-10 19:30:49 +00:00
nla_put_via(skb, nh->nh_via_table, mpls_nh_via(rt, nh),
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
nh->nh_via_alen))
goto nla_put_failure;
dev = rtnl_dereference(nh->nh_dev);
if (dev && nla_put_u32(skb, RTA_OIF, dev->ifindex))
goto nla_put_failure;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
if (nh->nh_flags & RTNH_F_LINKDOWN)
rtm->rtm_flags |= RTNH_F_LINKDOWN;
if (nh->nh_flags & RTNH_F_DEAD)
rtm->rtm_flags |= RTNH_F_DEAD;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
} else {
struct rtnexthop *rtnh;
struct nlattr *mp;
net: mpls: Convert number of nexthops to u8 Number of nexthops and number of alive nexthops are tracked using an unsigned int. A route should never have more than 255 nexthops so convert both to u8. Update all references and intermediate variables to consistently use u8 as well. Shrinks the size of mpls_route from 32 bytes to 24 bytes with a 2-byte hole before the nexthops. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:00 +00:00
u8 linkdown = 0;
u8 dead = 0;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
netlink: make nla_nest_start() add NLA_F_NESTED flag Even if the NLA_F_NESTED flag was introduced more than 11 years ago, most netlink based interfaces (including recently added ones) are still not setting it in kernel generated messages. Without the flag, message parsers not aware of attribute semantics (e.g. wireshark dissector or libmnl's mnl_nlmsg_fprintf()) cannot recognize nested attributes and won't display the structure of their contents. Unfortunately we cannot just add the flag everywhere as there may be userspace applications which check nlattr::nla_type directly rather than through a helper masking out the flags. Therefore the patch renames nla_nest_start() to nla_nest_start_noflag() and introduces nla_nest_start() as a wrapper adding NLA_F_NESTED. The calls which add NLA_F_NESTED manually are rewritten to use nla_nest_start(). Except for changes in include/net/netlink.h, the patch was generated using this semantic patch: @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start(E1, E2) +nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2) @@ expression E1, E2; @@ -nla_nest_start_noflag(E1, E2 | NLA_F_NESTED) +nla_nest_start(E1, E2) Signed-off-by: Michal Kubecek <mkubecek@suse.cz> Acked-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@mellanox.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 09:13:06 +00:00
mp = nla_nest_start_noflag(skb, RTA_MULTIPATH);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (!mp)
goto nla_put_failure;
for_nexthops(rt) {
net: mpls: Don't show nexthop if device has been deleted If the device for a nexthop in a multipath route is deleted, the nexthop is effectively removed from the route. Currently, a route dump still returns the nexhop though without the device set: $ ip -f mpls ro ls 100 nexthopvia inet 10.11.1.2 dev br0 nexthopvia inet 10.100.3.1 dev eth3 $ ip li del br0 $ ip -f mpls ro ls 100 nexthopvia inet 10.11.1.2 dev * dead linkdown nexthopvia inet 10.100.3.1 dev eth3 Since the nexthop is effectively deleted, drop the hop from the route dump. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-24 22:21:56 +00:00
dev = rtnl_dereference(nh->nh_dev);
if (!dev)
continue;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
rtnh = nla_reserve_nohdr(skb, sizeof(*rtnh));
if (!rtnh)
goto nla_put_failure;
net: mpls: Don't show nexthop if device has been deleted If the device for a nexthop in a multipath route is deleted, the nexthop is effectively removed from the route. Currently, a route dump still returns the nexhop though without the device set: $ ip -f mpls ro ls 100 nexthopvia inet 10.11.1.2 dev br0 nexthopvia inet 10.100.3.1 dev eth3 $ ip li del br0 $ ip -f mpls ro ls 100 nexthopvia inet 10.11.1.2 dev * dead linkdown nexthopvia inet 10.100.3.1 dev eth3 Since the nexthop is effectively deleted, drop the hop from the route dump. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-24 22:21:56 +00:00
rtnh->rtnh_ifindex = dev->ifindex;
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
if (nh->nh_flags & RTNH_F_LINKDOWN) {
rtnh->rtnh_flags |= RTNH_F_LINKDOWN;
linkdown++;
}
if (nh->nh_flags & RTNH_F_DEAD) {
rtnh->rtnh_flags |= RTNH_F_DEAD;
dead++;
}
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (nh->nh_labels && nla_put_labels(skb, RTA_NEWDST,
nh->nh_labels,
nh->nh_label))
goto nla_put_failure;
mpls: make via address optional for multipath routes The via address is optional for a single path route, yet is mandatory when the multipath attribute is used: # ip -f mpls route add 100 dev lo # ip -f mpls route add 101 nexthop dev lo RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument Make them consistent by making the via address optional when the RTA_MULTIPATH attribute is being parsed so that both forms of specifying the route work. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-10 19:30:51 +00:00
if (nh->nh_via_table != MPLS_NEIGH_TABLE_UNSPEC &&
nla_put_via(skb, nh->nh_via_table,
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
mpls_nh_via(rt, nh),
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
nh->nh_via_alen))
goto nla_put_failure;
/* length of rtnetlink header + attributes */
rtnh->rtnh_len = nlmsg_get_pos(skb) - (void *)rtnh;
} endfor_nexthops(rt);
mpls: support for dead routes Adds support for RTNH_F_DEAD and RTNH_F_LINKDOWN flags on mpls routes due to link events. Also adds code to ignore dead routes during route selection. Unlike ip routes, mpls routes are not deleted when the route goes dead. This is current mpls behaviour and this patch does not change that. With this patch however, routes will be marked dead. dead routes are not notified to userspace (this is consistent with ipv4 routes). dead routes: ----------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link set dev swp1 down $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 dead linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 linkdown routes: ---------------- $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff /* carrier goes down */ $ip link show dev swp1 4: swp1: <NO-CARRIER,BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP> mtu 1500 qdisc pfifo_fast state DOWN mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000 link/ether 00:02:00:00:00:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 linkdown nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-02 06:18:11 +00:00
if (linkdown == rt->rt_nhn)
rtm->rtm_flags |= RTNH_F_LINKDOWN;
if (dead == rt->rt_nhn)
rtm->rtm_flags |= RTNH_F_DEAD;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
nla_nest_end(skb, mp);
}
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
nlmsg_end(skb, nlh);
return 0;
nla_put_failure:
nlmsg_cancel(skb, nlh);
return -EMSGSIZE;
}
net/mpls: Implement handler for strict data checking on dumps Without CONFIG_INET enabled compiles fail with: net/mpls/af_mpls.o: In function `mpls_dump_routes': af_mpls.c:(.text+0xed0): undefined reference to `ip_valid_fib_dump_req' The preference is for MPLS to use the same handler as ipv4 and ipv6 to allow consistency when doing a dump for AF_UNSPEC which walks all address families invoking the route dump handler. If INET is disabled then fallback to an MPLS version which can be tighter on the data checks. Fixes: e8ba330ac0c5 ("rtnetlink: Update fib dumps for strict data checking") Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-09 18:10:43 +00:00
#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_INET)
net: Add struct for fib dump filter Add struct fib_dump_filter for options on limiting which routes are returned in a dump request. The current list is table id, protocol, route type, rtm_flags and nexthop device index. struct net is needed to lookup the net_device from the index. Declare the filter for each route dump handler and plumb the new arguments from dump handlers to ip_valid_fib_dump_req. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-16 01:56:42 +00:00
static int mpls_valid_fib_dump_req(struct net *net, const struct nlmsghdr *nlh,
struct fib_dump_filter *filter,
net: Enable kernel side filtering of route dumps Update parsing of route dump request to enable kernel side filtering. Allow filtering results by protocol (e.g., which routing daemon installed the route), route type (e.g., unicast), table id and nexthop device. These amount to the low hanging fruit, yet a huge improvement, for dumping routes. ip_valid_fib_dump_req is called with RTNL held, so __dev_get_by_index can be used to look up the device index without taking a reference. From there filter->dev is only used during dump loops with the lock still held. Set NLM_F_DUMP_FILTERED in the answer_flags so the user knows the results have been filtered should no entries be returned. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-16 01:56:48 +00:00
struct netlink_callback *cb)
net/mpls: Implement handler for strict data checking on dumps Without CONFIG_INET enabled compiles fail with: net/mpls/af_mpls.o: In function `mpls_dump_routes': af_mpls.c:(.text+0xed0): undefined reference to `ip_valid_fib_dump_req' The preference is for MPLS to use the same handler as ipv4 and ipv6 to allow consistency when doing a dump for AF_UNSPEC which walks all address families invoking the route dump handler. If INET is disabled then fallback to an MPLS version which can be tighter on the data checks. Fixes: e8ba330ac0c5 ("rtnetlink: Update fib dumps for strict data checking") Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-09 18:10:43 +00:00
{
net: Enable kernel side filtering of route dumps Update parsing of route dump request to enable kernel side filtering. Allow filtering results by protocol (e.g., which routing daemon installed the route), route type (e.g., unicast), table id and nexthop device. These amount to the low hanging fruit, yet a huge improvement, for dumping routes. ip_valid_fib_dump_req is called with RTNL held, so __dev_get_by_index can be used to look up the device index without taking a reference. From there filter->dev is only used during dump loops with the lock still held. Set NLM_F_DUMP_FILTERED in the answer_flags so the user knows the results have been filtered should no entries be returned. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-16 01:56:48 +00:00
return ip_valid_fib_dump_req(net, nlh, filter, cb);
net/mpls: Implement handler for strict data checking on dumps Without CONFIG_INET enabled compiles fail with: net/mpls/af_mpls.o: In function `mpls_dump_routes': af_mpls.c:(.text+0xed0): undefined reference to `ip_valid_fib_dump_req' The preference is for MPLS to use the same handler as ipv4 and ipv6 to allow consistency when doing a dump for AF_UNSPEC which walks all address families invoking the route dump handler. If INET is disabled then fallback to an MPLS version which can be tighter on the data checks. Fixes: e8ba330ac0c5 ("rtnetlink: Update fib dumps for strict data checking") Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-09 18:10:43 +00:00
}
#else
net: Add struct for fib dump filter Add struct fib_dump_filter for options on limiting which routes are returned in a dump request. The current list is table id, protocol, route type, rtm_flags and nexthop device index. struct net is needed to lookup the net_device from the index. Declare the filter for each route dump handler and plumb the new arguments from dump handlers to ip_valid_fib_dump_req. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-16 01:56:42 +00:00
static int mpls_valid_fib_dump_req(struct net *net, const struct nlmsghdr *nlh,
struct fib_dump_filter *filter,
net: Enable kernel side filtering of route dumps Update parsing of route dump request to enable kernel side filtering. Allow filtering results by protocol (e.g., which routing daemon installed the route), route type (e.g., unicast), table id and nexthop device. These amount to the low hanging fruit, yet a huge improvement, for dumping routes. ip_valid_fib_dump_req is called with RTNL held, so __dev_get_by_index can be used to look up the device index without taking a reference. From there filter->dev is only used during dump loops with the lock still held. Set NLM_F_DUMP_FILTERED in the answer_flags so the user knows the results have been filtered should no entries be returned. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-16 01:56:48 +00:00
struct netlink_callback *cb)
net/mpls: Implement handler for strict data checking on dumps Without CONFIG_INET enabled compiles fail with: net/mpls/af_mpls.o: In function `mpls_dump_routes': af_mpls.c:(.text+0xed0): undefined reference to `ip_valid_fib_dump_req' The preference is for MPLS to use the same handler as ipv4 and ipv6 to allow consistency when doing a dump for AF_UNSPEC which walks all address families invoking the route dump handler. If INET is disabled then fallback to an MPLS version which can be tighter on the data checks. Fixes: e8ba330ac0c5 ("rtnetlink: Update fib dumps for strict data checking") Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-09 18:10:43 +00:00
{
net: Enable kernel side filtering of route dumps Update parsing of route dump request to enable kernel side filtering. Allow filtering results by protocol (e.g., which routing daemon installed the route), route type (e.g., unicast), table id and nexthop device. These amount to the low hanging fruit, yet a huge improvement, for dumping routes. ip_valid_fib_dump_req is called with RTNL held, so __dev_get_by_index can be used to look up the device index without taking a reference. From there filter->dev is only used during dump loops with the lock still held. Set NLM_F_DUMP_FILTERED in the answer_flags so the user knows the results have been filtered should no entries be returned. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-16 01:56:48 +00:00
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack = cb->extack;
net/mpls: Handle kernel side filtering of route dumps Update the dump request parsing in MPLS for the non-INET case to enable kernel side filtering. If INET is disabled the only filters that make sense for MPLS are protocol and nexthop device. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-16 01:56:49 +00:00
struct nlattr *tb[RTA_MAX + 1];
net/mpls: Implement handler for strict data checking on dumps Without CONFIG_INET enabled compiles fail with: net/mpls/af_mpls.o: In function `mpls_dump_routes': af_mpls.c:(.text+0xed0): undefined reference to `ip_valid_fib_dump_req' The preference is for MPLS to use the same handler as ipv4 and ipv6 to allow consistency when doing a dump for AF_UNSPEC which walks all address families invoking the route dump handler. If INET is disabled then fallback to an MPLS version which can be tighter on the data checks. Fixes: e8ba330ac0c5 ("rtnetlink: Update fib dumps for strict data checking") Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-09 18:10:43 +00:00
struct rtmsg *rtm;
net/mpls: Handle kernel side filtering of route dumps Update the dump request parsing in MPLS for the non-INET case to enable kernel side filtering. If INET is disabled the only filters that make sense for MPLS are protocol and nexthop device. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-16 01:56:49 +00:00
int err, i;
net/mpls: Implement handler for strict data checking on dumps Without CONFIG_INET enabled compiles fail with: net/mpls/af_mpls.o: In function `mpls_dump_routes': af_mpls.c:(.text+0xed0): undefined reference to `ip_valid_fib_dump_req' The preference is for MPLS to use the same handler as ipv4 and ipv6 to allow consistency when doing a dump for AF_UNSPEC which walks all address families invoking the route dump handler. If INET is disabled then fallback to an MPLS version which can be tighter on the data checks. Fixes: e8ba330ac0c5 ("rtnetlink: Update fib dumps for strict data checking") Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-09 18:10:43 +00:00
if (nlh->nlmsg_len < nlmsg_msg_size(sizeof(*rtm))) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "Invalid header for FIB dump request");
return -EINVAL;
}
rtm = nlmsg_data(nlh);
if (rtm->rtm_dst_len || rtm->rtm_src_len || rtm->rtm_tos ||
net/mpls: Handle kernel side filtering of route dumps Update the dump request parsing in MPLS for the non-INET case to enable kernel side filtering. If INET is disabled the only filters that make sense for MPLS are protocol and nexthop device. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-16 01:56:49 +00:00
rtm->rtm_table || rtm->rtm_scope || rtm->rtm_type ||
rtm->rtm_flags) {
net/mpls: Implement handler for strict data checking on dumps Without CONFIG_INET enabled compiles fail with: net/mpls/af_mpls.o: In function `mpls_dump_routes': af_mpls.c:(.text+0xed0): undefined reference to `ip_valid_fib_dump_req' The preference is for MPLS to use the same handler as ipv4 and ipv6 to allow consistency when doing a dump for AF_UNSPEC which walks all address families invoking the route dump handler. If INET is disabled then fallback to an MPLS version which can be tighter on the data checks. Fixes: e8ba330ac0c5 ("rtnetlink: Update fib dumps for strict data checking") Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-09 18:10:43 +00:00
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "Invalid values in header for FIB dump request");
return -EINVAL;
}
net/mpls: Handle kernel side filtering of route dumps Update the dump request parsing in MPLS for the non-INET case to enable kernel side filtering. If INET is disabled the only filters that make sense for MPLS are protocol and nexthop device. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-16 01:56:49 +00:00
if (rtm->rtm_protocol) {
filter->protocol = rtm->rtm_protocol;
filter->filter_set = 1;
cb->answer_flags = NLM_F_DUMP_FILTERED;
}
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness We currently have two levels of strict validation: 1) liberal (default) - undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted - garbage at end of message accepted 2) strict (opt-in) - NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted Split out parsing strictness into four different options: * TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing attributes (in message or nested) * MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type * UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries * STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size The default for future things should be *everything*. The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE, and is renamed to _deprecated_strict(). The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to *_parse_deprecated(). Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply to the POLICY flag. We end up with the following renames: * nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated * nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict * nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated * nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict * nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated * nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated Using spatch, of course: @@ expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) @@ expression START, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT) +nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong. Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication. Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is. In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:07:28 +00:00
err = nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(nlh, sizeof(*rtm), tb, RTA_MAX,
rtm_mpls_policy, extack);
net/mpls: Handle kernel side filtering of route dumps Update the dump request parsing in MPLS for the non-INET case to enable kernel side filtering. If INET is disabled the only filters that make sense for MPLS are protocol and nexthop device. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-16 01:56:49 +00:00
if (err < 0)
return err;
for (i = 0; i <= RTA_MAX; ++i) {
int ifindex;
if (i == RTA_OIF) {
ifindex = nla_get_u32(tb[i]);
filter->dev = __dev_get_by_index(net, ifindex);
if (!filter->dev)
return -ENODEV;
filter->filter_set = 1;
} else if (tb[i]) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "Unsupported attribute in dump request");
return -EINVAL;
}
net/mpls: Implement handler for strict data checking on dumps Without CONFIG_INET enabled compiles fail with: net/mpls/af_mpls.o: In function `mpls_dump_routes': af_mpls.c:(.text+0xed0): undefined reference to `ip_valid_fib_dump_req' The preference is for MPLS to use the same handler as ipv4 and ipv6 to allow consistency when doing a dump for AF_UNSPEC which walks all address families invoking the route dump handler. If INET is disabled then fallback to an MPLS version which can be tighter on the data checks. Fixes: e8ba330ac0c5 ("rtnetlink: Update fib dumps for strict data checking") Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@infradead.org> Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-09 18:10:43 +00:00
}
return 0;
}
#endif
net/mpls: Plumb support for filtering route dumps Implement kernel side filtering of routes by egress device index and protocol. MPLS uses only a single table and route type. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-16 01:56:45 +00:00
static bool mpls_rt_uses_dev(struct mpls_route *rt,
const struct net_device *dev)
{
struct net_device *nh_dev;
if (rt->rt_nhn == 1) {
struct mpls_nh *nh = rt->rt_nh;
nh_dev = rtnl_dereference(nh->nh_dev);
if (dev == nh_dev)
return true;
} else {
for_nexthops(rt) {
nh_dev = rtnl_dereference(nh->nh_dev);
if (nh_dev == dev)
return true;
} endfor_nexthops(rt);
}
return false;
}
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
static int mpls_dump_routes(struct sk_buff *skb, struct netlink_callback *cb)
{
rtnetlink: Update fib dumps for strict data checking Add helper to check netlink message for route dumps. If the strict flag is set the dump request is expected to have an rtmsg struct as the header. All elements of the struct are expected to be 0 with the exception of rtm_flags (which is used by both ipv4 and ipv6 dumps) and no attributes can be appended. rtm_flags can only have RTM_F_CLONED and RTM_F_PREFIX set. Update inet_dump_fib, inet6_dump_fib, mpls_dump_routes, ipmr_rtm_dumproute, and ip6mr_rtm_dumproute to call this helper if strict data checking is enabled. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-08 03:16:35 +00:00
const struct nlmsghdr *nlh = cb->nlh;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
struct net *net = sock_net(skb->sk);
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label;
net: Add struct for fib dump filter Add struct fib_dump_filter for options on limiting which routes are returned in a dump request. The current list is table id, protocol, route type, rtm_flags and nexthop device index. struct net is needed to lookup the net_device from the index. Declare the filter for each route dump handler and plumb the new arguments from dump handlers to ip_valid_fib_dump_req. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-16 01:56:42 +00:00
struct fib_dump_filter filter = {};
net/mpls: Plumb support for filtering route dumps Implement kernel side filtering of routes by egress device index and protocol. MPLS uses only a single table and route type. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-16 01:56:45 +00:00
unsigned int flags = NLM_F_MULTI;
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
size_t platform_labels;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
unsigned int index;
ASSERT_RTNL();
rtnetlink: Update fib dumps for strict data checking Add helper to check netlink message for route dumps. If the strict flag is set the dump request is expected to have an rtmsg struct as the header. All elements of the struct are expected to be 0 with the exception of rtm_flags (which is used by both ipv4 and ipv6 dumps) and no attributes can be appended. rtm_flags can only have RTM_F_CLONED and RTM_F_PREFIX set. Update inet_dump_fib, inet6_dump_fib, mpls_dump_routes, ipmr_rtm_dumproute, and ip6mr_rtm_dumproute to call this helper if strict data checking is enabled. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-08 03:16:35 +00:00
if (cb->strict_check) {
net: Add struct for fib dump filter Add struct fib_dump_filter for options on limiting which routes are returned in a dump request. The current list is table id, protocol, route type, rtm_flags and nexthop device index. struct net is needed to lookup the net_device from the index. Declare the filter for each route dump handler and plumb the new arguments from dump handlers to ip_valid_fib_dump_req. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-16 01:56:42 +00:00
int err;
rtnetlink: Update fib dumps for strict data checking Add helper to check netlink message for route dumps. If the strict flag is set the dump request is expected to have an rtmsg struct as the header. All elements of the struct are expected to be 0 with the exception of rtm_flags (which is used by both ipv4 and ipv6 dumps) and no attributes can be appended. rtm_flags can only have RTM_F_CLONED and RTM_F_PREFIX set. Update inet_dump_fib, inet6_dump_fib, mpls_dump_routes, ipmr_rtm_dumproute, and ip6mr_rtm_dumproute to call this helper if strict data checking is enabled. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-08 03:16:35 +00:00
net: Enable kernel side filtering of route dumps Update parsing of route dump request to enable kernel side filtering. Allow filtering results by protocol (e.g., which routing daemon installed the route), route type (e.g., unicast), table id and nexthop device. These amount to the low hanging fruit, yet a huge improvement, for dumping routes. ip_valid_fib_dump_req is called with RTNL held, so __dev_get_by_index can be used to look up the device index without taking a reference. From there filter->dev is only used during dump loops with the lock still held. Set NLM_F_DUMP_FILTERED in the answer_flags so the user knows the results have been filtered should no entries be returned. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-16 01:56:48 +00:00
err = mpls_valid_fib_dump_req(net, nlh, &filter, cb);
rtnetlink: Update fib dumps for strict data checking Add helper to check netlink message for route dumps. If the strict flag is set the dump request is expected to have an rtmsg struct as the header. All elements of the struct are expected to be 0 with the exception of rtm_flags (which is used by both ipv4 and ipv6 dumps) and no attributes can be appended. rtm_flags can only have RTM_F_CLONED and RTM_F_PREFIX set. Update inet_dump_fib, inet6_dump_fib, mpls_dump_routes, ipmr_rtm_dumproute, and ip6mr_rtm_dumproute to call this helper if strict data checking is enabled. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-08 03:16:35 +00:00
if (err < 0)
return err;
net/mpls: Plumb support for filtering route dumps Implement kernel side filtering of routes by egress device index and protocol. MPLS uses only a single table and route type. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-16 01:56:45 +00:00
/* for MPLS, there is only 1 table with fixed type and flags.
* If either are set in the filter then return nothing.
*/
if ((filter.table_id && filter.table_id != RT_TABLE_MAIN) ||
(filter.rt_type && filter.rt_type != RTN_UNICAST) ||
filter.flags)
return skb->len;
rtnetlink: Update fib dumps for strict data checking Add helper to check netlink message for route dumps. If the strict flag is set the dump request is expected to have an rtmsg struct as the header. All elements of the struct are expected to be 0 with the exception of rtm_flags (which is used by both ipv4 and ipv6 dumps) and no attributes can be appended. rtm_flags can only have RTM_F_CLONED and RTM_F_PREFIX set. Update inet_dump_fib, inet6_dump_fib, mpls_dump_routes, ipmr_rtm_dumproute, and ip6mr_rtm_dumproute to call this helper if strict data checking is enabled. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-08 03:16:35 +00:00
}
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
index = cb->args[0];
mpls: Use definition for reserved label checks In multiple locations there are checks for whether the label in hand is a reserved label or not using the arbritray value of 16. Factor this out into a #define for better maintainability and for documentation. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-03 16:50:04 +00:00
if (index < MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED)
index = MPLS_LABEL_FIRST_UNRESERVED;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
platform_label = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
platform_labels = net->mpls.platform_labels;
net/mpls: Plumb support for filtering route dumps Implement kernel side filtering of routes by egress device index and protocol. MPLS uses only a single table and route type. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-16 01:56:45 +00:00
if (filter.filter_set)
flags |= NLM_F_DUMP_FILTERED;
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
for (; index < platform_labels; index++) {
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
struct mpls_route *rt;
net/mpls: Plumb support for filtering route dumps Implement kernel side filtering of routes by egress device index and protocol. MPLS uses only a single table and route type. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-16 01:56:45 +00:00
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
rt = rtnl_dereference(platform_label[index]);
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
if (!rt)
continue;
net/mpls: Plumb support for filtering route dumps Implement kernel side filtering of routes by egress device index and protocol. MPLS uses only a single table and route type. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-16 01:56:45 +00:00
if ((filter.dev && !mpls_rt_uses_dev(rt, filter.dev)) ||
(filter.protocol && rt->rt_protocol != filter.protocol))
continue;
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
if (mpls_dump_route(skb, NETLINK_CB(cb->skb).portid,
cb->nlh->nlmsg_seq, RTM_NEWROUTE,
net/mpls: Plumb support for filtering route dumps Implement kernel side filtering of routes by egress device index and protocol. MPLS uses only a single table and route type. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsahern@gmail.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-10-16 01:56:45 +00:00
index, rt, flags) < 0)
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
break;
}
cb->args[0] = index;
return skb->len;
}
mpls: Multicast route table change notifications Unlike IPv4 this code notifies on all cases where mpls routes are added or removed and it never automatically removes routes. Avoiding both the userspace confusion that is caused by omitting route updates and the possibility of a flood of netlink traffic when an interface goes doew. For now reserved labels are handled automatically and userspace is not notified. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:14:31 +00:00
static inline size_t lfib_nlmsg_size(struct mpls_route *rt)
{
size_t payload =
NLMSG_ALIGN(sizeof(struct rtmsg))
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
+ nla_total_size(4) /* RTA_DST */
+ nla_total_size(1); /* RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE */
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (rt->rt_nhn == 1) {
struct mpls_nh *nh = rt->rt_nh;
if (nh->nh_dev)
payload += nla_total_size(4); /* RTA_OIF */
mpls: fix out-of-bounds access when via address not specified When a via address isn't specified, the via table is left initialised to 0 (NEIGH_ARP_TABLE), and the via address length also left initialised to 0. This results in a via address array of length 0 being allocated (contiguous with route and nexthop array), meaning that when a packet is sent using neigh_xmit the neighbour lookup and creation will cause an out-of-bounds access when accessing the 4 bytes of the IPv4 address it assumes it has been given a pointer to. This could be fixed by allocating the 4 bytes of via address necessary and leaving it as all zeroes. However, it seems wrong to me to use an ipv4 nexthop (including possibly ARPing for 0.0.0.0) when the user didn't specify to do so. Instead, set the via address table to NEIGH_NR_TABLES to signify it hasn't been specified and use this at forwarding time to signify a neigh_xmit using an L2 address consisting of the device address. This mechanism is the same as that used for both ARP and ND for loopback interfaces and those flagged as no-arp, which are all we can really support in this case. Fixes: cf4b24f0024f ("mpls: reduce memory usage of routes") Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-10 19:30:50 +00:00
if (nh->nh_via_table != MPLS_NEIGH_TABLE_UNSPEC) /* RTA_VIA */
mpls: don't dump RTA_VIA attribute if not specified The problem seen is that when adding a route with a nexthop with no via address specified, iproute2 generates bogus output: # ip -f mpls route add 100 dev lo # ip -f mpls route list 100 via inet 0.0.8.0 dev lo The reason for this is that the kernel generates an RTA_VIA attribute with the family set to AF_INET, but the via address data having zero length. The cause of family being AF_INET is that on route insert cfg->rc_via_table is left set to 0, which just happens to be NEIGH_ARP_TABLE which is then translated into AF_INET. iproute2 doesn't validate the length prior to printing and so prints garbage. Although it could be fixed to do the validation, I would argue that AF_INET addresses should always be exactly 4 bytes so the kernel is really giving userspace bogus data. Therefore, avoid generating the RTA_VIA attribute when dumping the route if the via address wasn't specified on add/modify. This is indicated by NEIGH_ARP_TABLE and a zero via address length - if the user specified a via address the address length would have been validated such that it was 4 bytes. Although this is a change in behaviour that is visible to userspace, I believe that what was generated before was invalid and as such userspace wouldn't be expecting it. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-10 19:30:49 +00:00
payload += nla_total_size(2 + nh->nh_via_alen);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (nh->nh_labels) /* RTA_NEWDST */
payload += nla_total_size(nh->nh_labels * 4);
} else {
/* each nexthop is packed in an attribute */
size_t nhsize = 0;
for_nexthops(rt) {
net: mpls: Update lfib_nlmsg_size to skip deleted nexthops A recent commit skips nexthops in a route if the device has been deleted. Update lfib_nlmsg_size accordingly. Reported-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-28 22:19:49 +00:00
if (!rtnl_dereference(nh->nh_dev))
continue;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
nhsize += nla_total_size(sizeof(struct rtnexthop));
mpls: make via address optional for multipath routes The via address is optional for a single path route, yet is mandatory when the multipath attribute is used: # ip -f mpls route add 100 dev lo # ip -f mpls route add 101 nexthop dev lo RTNETLINK answers: Invalid argument Make them consistent by making the via address optional when the RTA_MULTIPATH attribute is being parsed so that both forms of specifying the route work. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-12-10 19:30:51 +00:00
/* RTA_VIA */
if (nh->nh_via_table != MPLS_NEIGH_TABLE_UNSPEC)
nhsize += nla_total_size(2 + nh->nh_via_alen);
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
if (nh->nh_labels)
nhsize += nla_total_size(nh->nh_labels * 4);
} endfor_nexthops(rt);
/* nested attribute */
payload += nla_total_size(nhsize);
}
mpls: Multicast route table change notifications Unlike IPv4 this code notifies on all cases where mpls routes are added or removed and it never automatically removes routes. Avoiding both the userspace confusion that is caused by omitting route updates and the possibility of a flood of netlink traffic when an interface goes doew. For now reserved labels are handled automatically and userspace is not notified. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:14:31 +00:00
return payload;
}
static void rtmsg_lfib(int event, u32 label, struct mpls_route *rt,
struct nlmsghdr *nlh, struct net *net, u32 portid,
unsigned int nlm_flags)
{
struct sk_buff *skb;
u32 seq = nlh ? nlh->nlmsg_seq : 0;
int err = -ENOBUFS;
skb = nlmsg_new(lfib_nlmsg_size(rt), GFP_KERNEL);
if (skb == NULL)
goto errout;
err = mpls_dump_route(skb, portid, seq, event, label, rt, nlm_flags);
if (err < 0) {
/* -EMSGSIZE implies BUG in lfib_nlmsg_size */
WARN_ON(err == -EMSGSIZE);
kfree_skb(skb);
goto errout;
}
rtnl_notify(skb, net, portid, RTNLGRP_MPLS_ROUTE, nlh, GFP_KERNEL);
return;
errout:
if (err < 0)
rtnl_set_sk_err(net, RTNLGRP_MPLS_ROUTE, err);
}
net: mpls: route: perform strict checks also for doit handlers Make RTM_GETROUTE's doit handler use strict checks when NETLINK_F_STRICT_CHK is set. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-18 18:46:25 +00:00
static int mpls_valid_getroute_req(struct sk_buff *skb,
const struct nlmsghdr *nlh,
struct nlattr **tb,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
struct rtmsg *rtm;
int i, err;
if (nlh->nlmsg_len < nlmsg_msg_size(sizeof(*rtm))) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
"Invalid header for get route request");
return -EINVAL;
}
if (!netlink_strict_get_check(skb))
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness We currently have two levels of strict validation: 1) liberal (default) - undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted - garbage at end of message accepted 2) strict (opt-in) - NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted Split out parsing strictness into four different options: * TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing attributes (in message or nested) * MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type * UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries * STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size The default for future things should be *everything*. The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE, and is renamed to _deprecated_strict(). The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to *_parse_deprecated(). Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply to the POLICY flag. We end up with the following renames: * nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated * nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict * nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated * nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict * nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated * nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated Using spatch, of course: @@ expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) @@ expression START, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT) +nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong. Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication. Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is. In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:07:28 +00:00
return nlmsg_parse_deprecated(nlh, sizeof(*rtm), tb, RTA_MAX,
rtm_mpls_policy, extack);
net: mpls: route: perform strict checks also for doit handlers Make RTM_GETROUTE's doit handler use strict checks when NETLINK_F_STRICT_CHK is set. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-18 18:46:25 +00:00
rtm = nlmsg_data(nlh);
if ((rtm->rtm_dst_len && rtm->rtm_dst_len != 20) ||
rtm->rtm_src_len || rtm->rtm_tos || rtm->rtm_table ||
rtm->rtm_protocol || rtm->rtm_scope || rtm->rtm_type) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "Invalid values in header for get route request");
return -EINVAL;
}
if (rtm->rtm_flags & ~RTM_F_FIB_MATCH) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack,
"Invalid flags for get route request");
return -EINVAL;
}
netlink: make validation more configurable for future strictness We currently have two levels of strict validation: 1) liberal (default) - undefined (type >= max) & NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted - garbage at end of message accepted 2) strict (opt-in) - NLA_UNSPEC attributes accepted - attribute length >= expected accepted Split out parsing strictness into four different options: * TRAILING - check that there's no trailing data after parsing attributes (in message or nested) * MAXTYPE - reject attrs > max known type * UNSPEC - reject attributes with NLA_UNSPEC policy entries * STRICT_ATTRS - strictly validate attribute size The default for future things should be *everything*. The current *_strict() is a combination of TRAILING and MAXTYPE, and is renamed to _deprecated_strict(). The current regular parsing has none of this, and is renamed to *_parse_deprecated(). Additionally it allows us to selectively set one of the new flags even on old policies. Notably, the UNSPEC flag could be useful in this case, since it can be arranged (by filling in the policy) to not be an incompatible userspace ABI change, but would then going forward prevent forgetting attribute entries. Similar can apply to the POLICY flag. We end up with the following renames: * nla_parse -> nla_parse_deprecated * nla_parse_strict -> nla_parse_deprecated_strict * nlmsg_parse -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated * nlmsg_parse_strict -> nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict * nla_parse_nested -> nla_parse_nested_deprecated * nla_validate_nested -> nla_validate_nested_deprecated Using spatch, of course: @@ expression TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_deprecated(TB, MAX, HEAD, LEN, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_parse_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(NLH, HDRLEN, TB, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_parse_nested(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) +nla_parse_nested_deprecated(TB, MAX, NLA, POL, EXT) @@ expression START, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nla_validate_nested(START, MAX, POL, EXT) +nla_validate_nested_deprecated(START, MAX, POL, EXT) @@ expression NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT; @@ -nlmsg_validate(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) +nlmsg_validate_deprecated(NLH, HDRLEN, MAX, POL, EXT) For this patch, don't actually add the strict, non-renamed versions yet so that it breaks compile if I get it wrong. Also, while at it, make nla_validate and nla_parse go down to a common __nla_validate_parse() function to avoid code duplication. Ultimately, this allows us to have very strict validation for every new caller of nla_parse()/nlmsg_parse() etc as re-introduced in the next patch, while existing things will continue to work as is. In effect then, this adds fully strict validation for any new command. Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-04-26 12:07:28 +00:00
err = nlmsg_parse_deprecated_strict(nlh, sizeof(*rtm), tb, RTA_MAX,
rtm_mpls_policy, extack);
net: mpls: route: perform strict checks also for doit handlers Make RTM_GETROUTE's doit handler use strict checks when NETLINK_F_STRICT_CHK is set. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-18 18:46:25 +00:00
if (err)
return err;
if ((tb[RTA_DST] || tb[RTA_NEWDST]) && !rtm->rtm_dst_len) {
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "rtm_dst_len must be 20 for MPLS");
return -EINVAL;
}
for (i = 0; i <= RTA_MAX; i++) {
if (!tb[i])
continue;
switch (i) {
case RTA_DST:
case RTA_NEWDST:
break;
default:
NL_SET_ERR_MSG_MOD(extack, "Unsupported attribute in get route request");
return -EINVAL;
}
}
return 0;
}
mpls: route get support This patch adds RTM_GETROUTE doit handler for mpls routes. Input: RTA_DST - input label RTA_NEWDST - labels in packet for multipath selection By default the getroute handler returns matched nexthop label, via and oif With RTM_F_FIB_MATCH flag, full matched route is returned. example (with patched iproute2): $ip -f mpls route show 101 nexthop as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 201 nexthop as to 202/203 via inet6 2001:db8:2::2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 402/403 via inet6 2001:db8:12::2 dev virt1-12 $ip -f mpls route get 103 RTNETLINK answers: Network is unreachable $ip -f mpls route get 101 101 as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 $ip -f mpls route get as to 302/303 101 101 as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 $ip -f mpls route get fibmatch 103 RTNETLINK answers: Network is unreachable $ip -f mpls route get fibmatch 101 101 nexthop as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-07-03 22:31:21 +00:00
static int mpls_getroute(struct sk_buff *in_skb, struct nlmsghdr *in_nlh,
struct netlink_ext_ack *extack)
{
struct net *net = sock_net(in_skb->sk);
u32 portid = NETLINK_CB(in_skb).portid;
mpls: fix uninitialized in_label var warning in mpls_getroute Fix the below warning generated by static checker: net/mpls/af_mpls.c:2111 mpls_getroute() error: uninitialized symbol 'in_label'." Fixes: 397fc9e5cefe ("mpls: route get support") Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-07-07 18:21:49 +00:00
u32 in_label = LABEL_NOT_SPECIFIED;
mpls: route get support This patch adds RTM_GETROUTE doit handler for mpls routes. Input: RTA_DST - input label RTA_NEWDST - labels in packet for multipath selection By default the getroute handler returns matched nexthop label, via and oif With RTM_F_FIB_MATCH flag, full matched route is returned. example (with patched iproute2): $ip -f mpls route show 101 nexthop as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 201 nexthop as to 202/203 via inet6 2001:db8:2::2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 402/403 via inet6 2001:db8:12::2 dev virt1-12 $ip -f mpls route get 103 RTNETLINK answers: Network is unreachable $ip -f mpls route get 101 101 as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 $ip -f mpls route get as to 302/303 101 101 as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 $ip -f mpls route get fibmatch 103 RTNETLINK answers: Network is unreachable $ip -f mpls route get fibmatch 101 101 nexthop as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-07-03 22:31:21 +00:00
struct nlattr *tb[RTA_MAX + 1];
u32 labels[MAX_NEW_LABELS];
struct mpls_shim_hdr *hdr;
unsigned int hdr_size = 0;
struct net_device *dev;
struct mpls_route *rt;
struct rtmsg *rtm, *r;
struct nlmsghdr *nlh;
struct sk_buff *skb;
struct mpls_nh *nh;
u8 n_labels;
mpls: fix uninitialized in_label var warning in mpls_getroute Fix the below warning generated by static checker: net/mpls/af_mpls.c:2111 mpls_getroute() error: uninitialized symbol 'in_label'." Fixes: 397fc9e5cefe ("mpls: route get support") Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-07-07 18:21:49 +00:00
int err;
mpls: route get support This patch adds RTM_GETROUTE doit handler for mpls routes. Input: RTA_DST - input label RTA_NEWDST - labels in packet for multipath selection By default the getroute handler returns matched nexthop label, via and oif With RTM_F_FIB_MATCH flag, full matched route is returned. example (with patched iproute2): $ip -f mpls route show 101 nexthop as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 201 nexthop as to 202/203 via inet6 2001:db8:2::2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 402/403 via inet6 2001:db8:12::2 dev virt1-12 $ip -f mpls route get 103 RTNETLINK answers: Network is unreachable $ip -f mpls route get 101 101 as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 $ip -f mpls route get as to 302/303 101 101 as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 $ip -f mpls route get fibmatch 103 RTNETLINK answers: Network is unreachable $ip -f mpls route get fibmatch 101 101 nexthop as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-07-03 22:31:21 +00:00
net: mpls: route: perform strict checks also for doit handlers Make RTM_GETROUTE's doit handler use strict checks when NETLINK_F_STRICT_CHK is set. Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <jakub.kicinski@netronome.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2019-01-18 18:46:25 +00:00
err = mpls_valid_getroute_req(in_skb, in_nlh, tb, extack);
mpls: route get support This patch adds RTM_GETROUTE doit handler for mpls routes. Input: RTA_DST - input label RTA_NEWDST - labels in packet for multipath selection By default the getroute handler returns matched nexthop label, via and oif With RTM_F_FIB_MATCH flag, full matched route is returned. example (with patched iproute2): $ip -f mpls route show 101 nexthop as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 201 nexthop as to 202/203 via inet6 2001:db8:2::2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 402/403 via inet6 2001:db8:12::2 dev virt1-12 $ip -f mpls route get 103 RTNETLINK answers: Network is unreachable $ip -f mpls route get 101 101 as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 $ip -f mpls route get as to 302/303 101 101 as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 $ip -f mpls route get fibmatch 103 RTNETLINK answers: Network is unreachable $ip -f mpls route get fibmatch 101 101 nexthop as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-07-03 22:31:21 +00:00
if (err < 0)
goto errout;
rtm = nlmsg_data(in_nlh);
if (tb[RTA_DST]) {
u8 label_count;
if (nla_get_labels(tb[RTA_DST], 1, &label_count,
mpls: fix uninitialized in_label var warning in mpls_getroute Fix the below warning generated by static checker: net/mpls/af_mpls.c:2111 mpls_getroute() error: uninitialized symbol 'in_label'." Fixes: 397fc9e5cefe ("mpls: route get support") Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-07-07 18:21:49 +00:00
&in_label, extack)) {
err = -EINVAL;
mpls: route get support This patch adds RTM_GETROUTE doit handler for mpls routes. Input: RTA_DST - input label RTA_NEWDST - labels in packet for multipath selection By default the getroute handler returns matched nexthop label, via and oif With RTM_F_FIB_MATCH flag, full matched route is returned. example (with patched iproute2): $ip -f mpls route show 101 nexthop as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 201 nexthop as to 202/203 via inet6 2001:db8:2::2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 402/403 via inet6 2001:db8:12::2 dev virt1-12 $ip -f mpls route get 103 RTNETLINK answers: Network is unreachable $ip -f mpls route get 101 101 as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 $ip -f mpls route get as to 302/303 101 101 as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 $ip -f mpls route get fibmatch 103 RTNETLINK answers: Network is unreachable $ip -f mpls route get fibmatch 101 101 nexthop as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-07-03 22:31:21 +00:00
goto errout;
mpls: fix uninitialized in_label var warning in mpls_getroute Fix the below warning generated by static checker: net/mpls/af_mpls.c:2111 mpls_getroute() error: uninitialized symbol 'in_label'." Fixes: 397fc9e5cefe ("mpls: route get support") Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-07-07 18:21:49 +00:00
}
mpls: route get support This patch adds RTM_GETROUTE doit handler for mpls routes. Input: RTA_DST - input label RTA_NEWDST - labels in packet for multipath selection By default the getroute handler returns matched nexthop label, via and oif With RTM_F_FIB_MATCH flag, full matched route is returned. example (with patched iproute2): $ip -f mpls route show 101 nexthop as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 201 nexthop as to 202/203 via inet6 2001:db8:2::2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 402/403 via inet6 2001:db8:12::2 dev virt1-12 $ip -f mpls route get 103 RTNETLINK answers: Network is unreachable $ip -f mpls route get 101 101 as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 $ip -f mpls route get as to 302/303 101 101 as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 $ip -f mpls route get fibmatch 103 RTNETLINK answers: Network is unreachable $ip -f mpls route get fibmatch 101 101 nexthop as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-07-03 22:31:21 +00:00
mpls, nospec: Sanitize array index in mpls_label_ok() mpls_label_ok() validates that the 'platform_label' array index from a userspace netlink message payload is valid. Under speculation the mpls_label_ok() result may not resolve in the CPU pipeline until after the index is used to access an array element. Sanitize the index to zero to prevent userspace-controlled arbitrary out-of-bounds speculation, a precursor for a speculative execution side channel vulnerability. Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org> Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net> Cc: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2018-02-08 06:34:24 +00:00
if (!mpls_label_ok(net, &in_label, extack)) {
mpls: fix uninitialized in_label var warning in mpls_getroute Fix the below warning generated by static checker: net/mpls/af_mpls.c:2111 mpls_getroute() error: uninitialized symbol 'in_label'." Fixes: 397fc9e5cefe ("mpls: route get support") Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-07-07 18:21:49 +00:00
err = -EINVAL;
mpls: route get support This patch adds RTM_GETROUTE doit handler for mpls routes. Input: RTA_DST - input label RTA_NEWDST - labels in packet for multipath selection By default the getroute handler returns matched nexthop label, via and oif With RTM_F_FIB_MATCH flag, full matched route is returned. example (with patched iproute2): $ip -f mpls route show 101 nexthop as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 201 nexthop as to 202/203 via inet6 2001:db8:2::2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 402/403 via inet6 2001:db8:12::2 dev virt1-12 $ip -f mpls route get 103 RTNETLINK answers: Network is unreachable $ip -f mpls route get 101 101 as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 $ip -f mpls route get as to 302/303 101 101 as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 $ip -f mpls route get fibmatch 103 RTNETLINK answers: Network is unreachable $ip -f mpls route get fibmatch 101 101 nexthop as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-07-03 22:31:21 +00:00
goto errout;
mpls: fix uninitialized in_label var warning in mpls_getroute Fix the below warning generated by static checker: net/mpls/af_mpls.c:2111 mpls_getroute() error: uninitialized symbol 'in_label'." Fixes: 397fc9e5cefe ("mpls: route get support") Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com> Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-07-07 18:21:49 +00:00
}
mpls: route get support This patch adds RTM_GETROUTE doit handler for mpls routes. Input: RTA_DST - input label RTA_NEWDST - labels in packet for multipath selection By default the getroute handler returns matched nexthop label, via and oif With RTM_F_FIB_MATCH flag, full matched route is returned. example (with patched iproute2): $ip -f mpls route show 101 nexthop as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 201 nexthop as to 202/203 via inet6 2001:db8:2::2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 402/403 via inet6 2001:db8:12::2 dev virt1-12 $ip -f mpls route get 103 RTNETLINK answers: Network is unreachable $ip -f mpls route get 101 101 as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 $ip -f mpls route get as to 302/303 101 101 as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 $ip -f mpls route get fibmatch 103 RTNETLINK answers: Network is unreachable $ip -f mpls route get fibmatch 101 101 nexthop as to 102/103 via inet 172.16.2.2 dev virt1-2 nexthop as to 302/303 via inet 172.16.12.2 dev virt1-12 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-07-03 22:31:21 +00:00
}
rt = mpls_route_input_rcu(net, in_label);
if (!rt) {
err = -ENETUNREACH;
goto errout;
}
if (rtm->rtm_flags & RTM_F_FIB_MATCH) {
skb = nlmsg_new(lfib_nlmsg_size(rt), GFP_KERNEL);
if (!skb) {
err = -ENOBUFS;
goto errout;
}
err = mpls_dump_route(skb, portid, in_nlh->nlmsg_seq,
RTM_NEWROUTE, in_label, rt, 0);
if (err < 0) {
/* -EMSGSIZE implies BUG in lfib_nlmsg_size */
WARN_ON(err == -EMSGSIZE);
goto errout_free;
}
return rtnl_unicast(skb, net, portid);
}
if (tb[RTA_NEWDST]) {
if (nla_get_labels(tb[RTA_NEWDST], MAX_NEW_LABELS, &n_labels,
labels, extack) != 0) {
err = -EINVAL;
goto errout;
}
hdr_size = n_labels * sizeof(struct mpls_shim_hdr);
}
skb = alloc_skb(NLMSG_GOODSIZE, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!skb) {
err = -ENOBUFS;
goto errout;
}
skb->protocol = htons(ETH_P_MPLS_UC);
if (hdr_size) {
bool bos;
int i;
if (skb_cow(skb, hdr_size)) {
err = -ENOBUFS;
goto errout_free;
}
skb_reserve(skb, hdr_size);
skb_push(skb, hdr_size);
skb_reset_network_header(skb);
/* Push new labels */
hdr = mpls_hdr(skb);
bos = true;
for (i = n_labels - 1; i >= 0; i--) {
hdr[i] = mpls_entry_encode(labels[i],
1, 0, bos);
bos = false;
}
}
nh = mpls_select_multipath(rt, skb);
if (!nh) {
err = -ENETUNREACH;
goto errout_free;
}
if (hdr_size) {
skb_pull(skb, hdr_size);
skb_reset_network_header(skb);
}
nlh = nlmsg_put(skb, portid, in_nlh->nlmsg_seq,
RTM_NEWROUTE, sizeof(*r), 0);
if (!nlh) {
err = -EMSGSIZE;
goto errout_free;
}
r = nlmsg_data(nlh);
r->rtm_family = AF_MPLS;
r->rtm_dst_len = 20;
r->rtm_src_len = 0;
r->rtm_table = RT_TABLE_MAIN;
r->rtm_type = RTN_UNICAST;
r->rtm_scope = RT_SCOPE_UNIVERSE;
r->rtm_protocol = rt->rt_protocol;
r->rtm_flags = 0;
if (nla_put_labels(skb, RTA_DST, 1, &in_label))
goto nla_put_failure;
if (nh->nh_labels &&
nla_put_labels(skb, RTA_NEWDST, nh->nh_labels,
nh->nh_label))
goto nla_put_failure;
if (nh->nh_via_table != MPLS_NEIGH_TABLE_UNSPEC &&
nla_put_via(skb, nh->nh_via_table, mpls_nh_via(rt, nh),
nh->nh_via_alen))
goto nla_put_failure;
dev = rtnl_dereference(nh->nh_dev);
if (dev && nla_put_u32(skb, RTA_OIF, dev->ifindex))
goto nla_put_failure;
nlmsg_end(skb, nlh);
err = rtnl_unicast(skb, net, portid);
errout:
return err;
nla_put_failure:
nlmsg_cancel(skb, nlh);
err = -EMSGSIZE;
errout_free:
kfree_skb(skb);
return err;
}
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
static int resize_platform_label_table(struct net *net, size_t limit)
{
size_t size = sizeof(struct mpls_route *) * limit;
size_t old_limit;
size_t cp_size;
struct mpls_route __rcu **labels = NULL, **old;
struct mpls_route *rt0 = NULL, *rt2 = NULL;
unsigned index;
if (size) {
treewide: use kv[mz]alloc* rather than opencoded variants There are many code paths opencoding kvmalloc. Let's use the helper instead. The main difference to kvmalloc is that those users are usually not considering all the aspects of the memory allocator. E.g. allocation requests <= 32kB (with 4kB pages) are basically never failing and invoke OOM killer to satisfy the allocation. This sounds too disruptive for something that has a reasonable fallback - the vmalloc. On the other hand those requests might fallback to vmalloc even when the memory allocator would succeed after several more reclaim/compaction attempts previously. There is no guarantee something like that happens though. This patch converts many of those places to kv[mz]alloc* helpers because they are more conservative. Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20170306103327.2766-2-mhocko@kernel.org Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.com> Reviewed-by: Boris Ostrovsky <boris.ostrovsky@oracle.com> # Xen bits Acked-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Acked-by: Vlastimil Babka <vbabka@suse.cz> Acked-by: Andreas Dilger <andreas.dilger@intel.com> # Lustre Acked-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com> # KVM/s390 Acked-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com> # nvdim Acked-by: David Sterba <dsterba@suse.com> # btrfs Acked-by: Ilya Dryomov <idryomov@gmail.com> # Ceph Acked-by: Tariq Toukan <tariqt@mellanox.com> # mlx4 Acked-by: Leon Romanovsky <leonro@mellanox.com> # mlx5 Cc: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com> Cc: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com> Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au> Cc: Anton Vorontsov <anton@enomsg.org> Cc: Colin Cross <ccross@android.com> Cc: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com> Cc: "Rafael J. Wysocki" <rjw@rjwysocki.net> Cc: Ben Skeggs <bskeggs@redhat.com> Cc: Kent Overstreet <kent.overstreet@gmail.com> Cc: Santosh Raspatur <santosh@chelsio.com> Cc: Hariprasad S <hariprasad@chelsio.com> Cc: Yishai Hadas <yishaih@mellanox.com> Cc: Oleg Drokin <oleg.drokin@intel.com> Cc: "Yan, Zheng" <zyan@redhat.com> Cc: Alexander Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk> Cc: Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com> Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2017-05-08 22:57:27 +00:00
labels = kvzalloc(size, GFP_KERNEL);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
if (!labels)
goto nolabels;
}
/* In case the predefined labels need to be populated */
mpls: Change reserved label names to be consistent with netbsd Since these are now visible to userspace it is nice to be consistent with BSD (sys/netmpls/mpls.h in netBSD). Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-07 15:08:51 +00:00
if (limit > MPLS_LABEL_IPV4NULL) {
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
struct net_device *lo = net->loopback_dev;
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
rt0 = mpls_rt_alloc(1, lo->addr_len, 0);
net: mpls: Limit memory allocation for mpls_route Limit memory allocation size for mpls_route to 4096. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:02 +00:00
if (IS_ERR(rt0))
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
goto nort0;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
RCU_INIT_POINTER(rt0->rt_nh->nh_dev, lo);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
rt0->rt_protocol = RTPROT_KERNEL;
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 10:04:56 +00:00
rt0->rt_payload_type = MPT_IPV4;
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
rt0->rt_ttl_propagate = MPLS_TTL_PROP_DEFAULT;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
rt0->rt_nh->nh_via_table = NEIGH_LINK_TABLE;
mpls: fix forwarding using v4/v6 explicit null Fill in the via address length for the predefined IPv4 and IPv6 explicit-null label routes. Fixes: f8efb73c97e2 ("mpls: multipath route support") Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:35 +00:00
rt0->rt_nh->nh_via_alen = lo->addr_len;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
memcpy(__mpls_nh_via(rt0, rt0->rt_nh), lo->dev_addr,
lo->addr_len);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
}
mpls: Change reserved label names to be consistent with netbsd Since these are now visible to userspace it is nice to be consistent with BSD (sys/netmpls/mpls.h in netBSD). Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-07 15:08:51 +00:00
if (limit > MPLS_LABEL_IPV6NULL) {
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
struct net_device *lo = net->loopback_dev;
net: mpls: bump maximum number of labels Allow users to push down more labels per MPLS route. With the previous patches, no memory allocations are based on MAX_NEW_LABELS; the limit is only used to keep userspace in check. At this point MAX_NEW_LABELS is only used for mpls_route_config (copying route data from userspace) and processing nexthops looking for the max number of labels across the route spec. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:03 +00:00
rt2 = mpls_rt_alloc(1, lo->addr_len, 0);
net: mpls: Limit memory allocation for mpls_route Limit memory allocation size for mpls_route to 4096. Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-31 14:14:02 +00:00
if (IS_ERR(rt2))
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
goto nort2;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
RCU_INIT_POINTER(rt2->rt_nh->nh_dev, lo);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
rt2->rt_protocol = RTPROT_KERNEL;
mpls: Enforce payload type of traffic sent using explicit NULL RFC 4182 s2 states that if an IPv4 Explicit NULL label is the only label on the stack, then after popping the resulting packet must be treated as a IPv4 packet and forwarded based on the IPv4 header. The same is true for IPv6 Explicit NULL with an IPv6 packet following. Therefore, when installing the IPv4/IPv6 Explicit NULL label routes, add an attribute that specifies the expected payload type for use at forwarding time for determining the type of the encapsulated packet instead of inspecting the first nibble of the packet. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-06 10:04:56 +00:00
rt2->rt_payload_type = MPT_IPV6;
net: mpls: Fix setting ttl_propagate for rt2 Fix copy and paste error setting rt_ttl_propagate. Fixes: 5b441ac8784c1 ("mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured") Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-24 01:02:27 +00:00
rt2->rt_ttl_propagate = MPLS_TTL_PROP_DEFAULT;
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
rt2->rt_nh->nh_via_table = NEIGH_LINK_TABLE;
mpls: fix forwarding using v4/v6 explicit null Fill in the via address length for the predefined IPv4 and IPv6 explicit-null label routes. Fixes: f8efb73c97e2 ("mpls: multipath route support") Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:35 +00:00
rt2->rt_nh->nh_via_alen = lo->addr_len;
mpls: reduce memory usage of routes Nexthops for MPLS routes have a via address field sized for the largest via address that is expected, which is 32 bytes. This means that in the most common case of having ipv4 via addresses, 28 bytes of memory more than required are used per nexthop. In the other common case of an ipv6 nexthop then 16 bytes more than required are used. With large numbers of MPLS routes this extra memory usage could start to become significant. To avoid allocating memory for a maximum length via address when not all of it is required and to allow for ease of iterating over nexthops, then the via addresses are changed to be stored in the same memory block as the route and nexthops, but in an array after the end of the array of nexthops. New accessors are provided to retrieve a pointer to the via address. To allow for O(1) access without having to store a pointer or offset per nh, the via address for each nexthop is sized according to the maximum via address for any nexthop in the route, which is stored in a new route field, rt_max_alen, but this is in an existing hole in struct mpls_route so it doesn't increase the size of the structure. Each via address is ensured to be aligned to VIA_ALEN_ALIGN to account for architectures that don't allow unaligned accesses. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-27 00:37:36 +00:00
memcpy(__mpls_nh_via(rt2, rt2->rt_nh), lo->dev_addr,
lo->addr_len);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
}
rtnl_lock();
/* Remember the original table */
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
old = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
old_limit = net->mpls.platform_labels;
/* Free any labels beyond the new table */
for (index = limit; index < old_limit; index++)
mpls: multipath route support This patch adds support for MPLS multipath routes. Includes following changes to support multipath: - splits struct mpls_route into 'struct mpls_route + struct mpls_nh' - 'struct mpls_nh' represents a mpls nexthop label forwarding entry - moves mpls route and nexthop structures into internal.h - A mpls_route can point to multiple mpls_nh structs - the nexthops are maintained as a array (similar to ipv4 fib) - In the process of restructuring, this patch also consistently changes all labels to u8 - Adds support to parse/fill RTA_MULTIPATH netlink attribute for multipath routes similar to ipv4/v6 fib - In this patch, the multipath route nexthop selection algorithm simply returns the first nexthop. It is replaced by a hash based algorithm from Robert Shearman in the next patch - mpls_route_update cleanup: remove 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. mpls_route_update though implemented to update based on dev, it was never used that way. And the dev handling gets tricky with multiple nexthops. Cannot match against any single nexthops dev. So, this patch removes the unused 'dev' handling in mpls_route_update. - dead route/path handling will be implemented in a subsequent patch Example: $ip -f mpls route add 100 nexthop as 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 \ nexthop as 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 \ nexthop as 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 $ip -f mpls route show 100 nexthop as to 200 via inet 10.1.1.2 dev swp1 nexthop as to 700 via inet 10.1.1.6 dev swp2 nexthop as to 800 via inet 40.1.1.2 dev swp3 Signed-off-by: Roopa Prabhu <roopa@cumulusnetworks.com> Acked-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-10-23 13:03:27 +00:00
mpls_route_update(net, index, NULL, NULL);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
/* Copy over the old labels */
cp_size = size;
if (old_limit < limit)
cp_size = old_limit * sizeof(struct mpls_route *);
memcpy(labels, old, cp_size);
/* If needed set the predefined labels */
mpls: Change reserved label names to be consistent with netbsd Since these are now visible to userspace it is nice to be consistent with BSD (sys/netmpls/mpls.h in netBSD). Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-07 15:08:51 +00:00
if ((old_limit <= MPLS_LABEL_IPV6NULL) &&
(limit > MPLS_LABEL_IPV6NULL)) {
RCU_INIT_POINTER(labels[MPLS_LABEL_IPV6NULL], rt2);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
rt2 = NULL;
}
mpls: Change reserved label names to be consistent with netbsd Since these are now visible to userspace it is nice to be consistent with BSD (sys/netmpls/mpls.h in netBSD). Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <tom@herbertland.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-05-07 15:08:51 +00:00
if ((old_limit <= MPLS_LABEL_IPV4NULL) &&
(limit > MPLS_LABEL_IPV4NULL)) {
RCU_INIT_POINTER(labels[MPLS_LABEL_IPV4NULL], rt0);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
rt0 = NULL;
}
/* Update the global pointers */
net->mpls.platform_labels = limit;
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
rcu_assign_pointer(net->mpls.platform_label, labels);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
rtnl_unlock();
mpls_rt_free(rt2);
mpls_rt_free(rt0);
if (old) {
synchronize_rcu();
kvfree(old);
}
return 0;
nort2:
mpls_rt_free(rt0);
nort0:
kvfree(labels);
nolabels:
return -ENOMEM;
}
static int mpls_platform_labels(struct ctl_table *table, int write,
void __user *buffer, size_t *lenp, loff_t *ppos)
{
struct net *net = table->data;
int platform_labels = net->mpls.platform_labels;
int ret;
struct ctl_table tmp = {
.procname = table->procname,
.data = &platform_labels,
.maxlen = sizeof(int),
.mode = table->mode,
proc/sysctl: add shared variables for range check In the sysctl code the proc_dointvec_minmax() function is often used to validate the user supplied value between an allowed range. This function uses the extra1 and extra2 members from struct ctl_table as minimum and maximum allowed value. On sysctl handler declaration, in every source file there are some readonly variables containing just an integer which address is assigned to the extra1 and extra2 members, so the sysctl range is enforced. The special values 0, 1 and INT_MAX are very often used as range boundary, leading duplication of variables like zero=0, one=1, int_max=INT_MAX in different source files: $ git grep -E '\.extra[12].*&(zero|one|int_max)' |wc -l 248 Add a const int array containing the most commonly used values, some macros to refer more easily to the correct array member, and use them instead of creating a local one for every object file. This is the bloat-o-meter output comparing the old and new binary compiled with the default Fedora config: # scripts/bloat-o-meter -d vmlinux.o.old vmlinux.o add/remove: 2/2 grow/shrink: 0/2 up/down: 24/-188 (-164) Data old new delta sysctl_vals - 12 +12 __kstrtab_sysctl_vals - 12 +12 max 14 10 -4 int_max 16 - -16 one 68 - -68 zero 128 28 -100 Total: Before=20583249, After=20583085, chg -0.00% [mcroce@redhat.com: tipc: remove two unused variables] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190530091952.4108-1-mcroce@redhat.com [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix net/ipv6/sysctl_net_ipv6.c] [arnd@arndb.de: proc/sysctl: make firmware loader table conditional] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190617130014.1713870-1-arnd@arndb.de [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix fs/eventpoll.c] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190430180111.10688-1-mcroce@redhat.com Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Acked-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: Aaron Tomlin <atomlin@redhat.com> Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2019-07-18 22:58:50 +00:00
.extra1 = SYSCTL_ZERO,
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
.extra2 = &label_limit,
};
ret = proc_dointvec_minmax(&tmp, write, buffer, lenp, ppos);
if (write && ret == 0)
ret = resize_platform_label_table(net, platform_labels);
return ret;
}
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
#define MPLS_NS_SYSCTL_OFFSET(field) \
(&((struct net *)0)->field)
mpls: Per-device enabling of packet input An MPLS network is a single trust domain where the edges must be in control of what labels make their way into the core. The simplest way of ensuring this is for the edge device to always impose the labels, and not allow forward labeled traffic from untrusted neighbours. This is achieved by allowing a per-device configuration of whether MPLS traffic input from that interface should be processed or not. To be secure by default, the default state is changed to MPLS being disabled on all interfaces unless explicitly enabled and no global option is provided to change the default. Whilst this differs from other protocols (e.g. IPv6), network operators are used to explicitly enabling MPLS forwarding on interfaces, and with the number of links to the MPLS core typically fairly low this doesn't present too much of a burden on operators. Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Reviewed-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-04-22 10:14:38 +00:00
static const struct ctl_table mpls_table[] = {
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
{
.procname = "platform_labels",
.data = NULL,
.maxlen = sizeof(int),
.mode = 0644,
.proc_handler = mpls_platform_labels,
},
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
{
.procname = "ip_ttl_propagate",
.data = MPLS_NS_SYSCTL_OFFSET(mpls.ip_ttl_propagate),
.maxlen = sizeof(int),
.mode = 0644,
.proc_handler = proc_dointvec_minmax,
proc/sysctl: add shared variables for range check In the sysctl code the proc_dointvec_minmax() function is often used to validate the user supplied value between an allowed range. This function uses the extra1 and extra2 members from struct ctl_table as minimum and maximum allowed value. On sysctl handler declaration, in every source file there are some readonly variables containing just an integer which address is assigned to the extra1 and extra2 members, so the sysctl range is enforced. The special values 0, 1 and INT_MAX are very often used as range boundary, leading duplication of variables like zero=0, one=1, int_max=INT_MAX in different source files: $ git grep -E '\.extra[12].*&(zero|one|int_max)' |wc -l 248 Add a const int array containing the most commonly used values, some macros to refer more easily to the correct array member, and use them instead of creating a local one for every object file. This is the bloat-o-meter output comparing the old and new binary compiled with the default Fedora config: # scripts/bloat-o-meter -d vmlinux.o.old vmlinux.o add/remove: 2/2 grow/shrink: 0/2 up/down: 24/-188 (-164) Data old new delta sysctl_vals - 12 +12 __kstrtab_sysctl_vals - 12 +12 max 14 10 -4 int_max 16 - -16 one 68 - -68 zero 128 28 -100 Total: Before=20583249, After=20583085, chg -0.00% [mcroce@redhat.com: tipc: remove two unused variables] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190530091952.4108-1-mcroce@redhat.com [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix net/ipv6/sysctl_net_ipv6.c] [arnd@arndb.de: proc/sysctl: make firmware loader table conditional] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190617130014.1713870-1-arnd@arndb.de [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix fs/eventpoll.c] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190430180111.10688-1-mcroce@redhat.com Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Acked-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: Aaron Tomlin <atomlin@redhat.com> Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2019-07-18 22:58:50 +00:00
.extra1 = SYSCTL_ZERO,
.extra2 = SYSCTL_ONE,
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
},
mpls: allow TTL propagation from IP packets to be configured Allow TTL propagation from IP packets to MPLS packets to be configured. Add a new optional LWT attribute, MPLS_IPTUNNEL_TTL, which allows the TTL to be set in the resulting MPLS packet, with the value of 0 having the semantics of enabling propagation of the TTL from the IP header (i.e. non-zero values disable propagation). Also allow the configuration to be overridden globally by reusing the same sysctl to control whether the TTL is propagated from IP packets into the MPLS header. If the per-LWT attribute is set then it overrides the global configuration. If the TTL isn't propagated then a default TTL value is used which can be configured via a new sysctl, "net.mpls.default_ttl". This is kept separate from the configuration of whether IP TTL propagation is enabled as it can be used in the future when non-IP payloads are supported (i.e. where there is no payload TTL that can be propagated). Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:25 +00:00
{
.procname = "default_ttl",
.data = MPLS_NS_SYSCTL_OFFSET(mpls.default_ttl),
.maxlen = sizeof(int),
.mode = 0644,
.proc_handler = proc_dointvec_minmax,
proc/sysctl: add shared variables for range check In the sysctl code the proc_dointvec_minmax() function is often used to validate the user supplied value between an allowed range. This function uses the extra1 and extra2 members from struct ctl_table as minimum and maximum allowed value. On sysctl handler declaration, in every source file there are some readonly variables containing just an integer which address is assigned to the extra1 and extra2 members, so the sysctl range is enforced. The special values 0, 1 and INT_MAX are very often used as range boundary, leading duplication of variables like zero=0, one=1, int_max=INT_MAX in different source files: $ git grep -E '\.extra[12].*&(zero|one|int_max)' |wc -l 248 Add a const int array containing the most commonly used values, some macros to refer more easily to the correct array member, and use them instead of creating a local one for every object file. This is the bloat-o-meter output comparing the old and new binary compiled with the default Fedora config: # scripts/bloat-o-meter -d vmlinux.o.old vmlinux.o add/remove: 2/2 grow/shrink: 0/2 up/down: 24/-188 (-164) Data old new delta sysctl_vals - 12 +12 __kstrtab_sysctl_vals - 12 +12 max 14 10 -4 int_max 16 - -16 one 68 - -68 zero 128 28 -100 Total: Before=20583249, After=20583085, chg -0.00% [mcroce@redhat.com: tipc: remove two unused variables] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190530091952.4108-1-mcroce@redhat.com [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix net/ipv6/sysctl_net_ipv6.c] [arnd@arndb.de: proc/sysctl: make firmware loader table conditional] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190617130014.1713870-1-arnd@arndb.de [akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix fs/eventpoll.c] Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20190430180111.10688-1-mcroce@redhat.com Signed-off-by: Matteo Croce <mcroce@redhat.com> Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de> Acked-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> Reviewed-by: Aaron Tomlin <atomlin@redhat.com> Cc: Matthew Wilcox <willy@infradead.org> Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au> Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org> Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
2019-07-18 22:58:50 +00:00
.extra1 = SYSCTL_ONE,
mpls: allow TTL propagation from IP packets to be configured Allow TTL propagation from IP packets to MPLS packets to be configured. Add a new optional LWT attribute, MPLS_IPTUNNEL_TTL, which allows the TTL to be set in the resulting MPLS packet, with the value of 0 having the semantics of enabling propagation of the TTL from the IP header (i.e. non-zero values disable propagation). Also allow the configuration to be overridden globally by reusing the same sysctl to control whether the TTL is propagated from IP packets into the MPLS header. If the per-LWT attribute is set then it overrides the global configuration. If the TTL isn't propagated then a default TTL value is used which can be configured via a new sysctl, "net.mpls.default_ttl". This is kept separate from the configuration of whether IP TTL propagation is enabled as it can be used in the future when non-IP payloads are supported (i.e. where there is no payload TTL that can be propagated). Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:25 +00:00
.extra2 = &ttl_max,
},
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
{ }
};
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
static int mpls_net_init(struct net *net)
{
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
struct ctl_table *table;
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
int i;
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
net->mpls.platform_labels = 0;
net->mpls.platform_label = NULL;
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
net->mpls.ip_ttl_propagate = 1;
mpls: allow TTL propagation from IP packets to be configured Allow TTL propagation from IP packets to MPLS packets to be configured. Add a new optional LWT attribute, MPLS_IPTUNNEL_TTL, which allows the TTL to be set in the resulting MPLS packet, with the value of 0 having the semantics of enabling propagation of the TTL from the IP header (i.e. non-zero values disable propagation). Also allow the configuration to be overridden globally by reusing the same sysctl to control whether the TTL is propagated from IP packets into the MPLS header. If the per-LWT attribute is set then it overrides the global configuration. If the TTL isn't propagated then a default TTL value is used which can be configured via a new sysctl, "net.mpls.default_ttl". This is kept separate from the configuration of whether IP TTL propagation is enabled as it can be used in the future when non-IP payloads are supported (i.e. where there is no payload TTL that can be propagated). Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:25 +00:00
net->mpls.default_ttl = 255;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
table = kmemdup(mpls_table, sizeof(mpls_table), GFP_KERNEL);
if (table == NULL)
return -ENOMEM;
mpls: allow TTL propagation to IP packets to be configured Provide the ability to control on a per-route basis whether the TTL value from an MPLS packet is propagated to an IPv4/IPv6 packet when the last label is popped as per the theoretical model in RFC 3443 through a new route attribute, RTA_TTL_PROPAGATE which can be 0 to mean disable propagation and 1 to mean enable propagation. In order to provide the ability to change the behaviour for packets arriving with IPv4/IPv6 Explicit Null labels and to provide an easy way for a user to change the behaviour for all existing routes without having to reprogram them, a global knob is provided. This is done through the addition of a new per-namespace sysctl, "net.mpls.ip_ttl_propagate", which defaults to enabled. If the per-route attribute is set (either enabled or disabled) then it overrides the global configuration. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Acked-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Tested-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 20:43:24 +00:00
/* Table data contains only offsets relative to the base of
* the mdev at this point, so make them absolute.
*/
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(mpls_table) - 1; i++)
table[i].data = (char *)net + (uintptr_t)table[i].data;
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
net->mpls.ctl = register_net_sysctl(net, "net/mpls", table);
mpls: fix mpls_net_init memory leak Fix a memory leak in the mpls netns init function in case of failure. If register_net_sysctl fails then we need to free the ctl_table. Fixes: 7720c01f3f59 ("mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table") Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-31 17:44:19 +00:00
if (net->mpls.ctl == NULL) {
kfree(table);
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
return -ENOMEM;
mpls: fix mpls_net_init memory leak Fix a memory leak in the mpls netns init function in case of failure. If register_net_sysctl fails then we need to free the ctl_table. Fixes: 7720c01f3f59 ("mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table") Signed-off-by: Nikolay Aleksandrov <nikolay@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-08-31 17:44:19 +00:00
}
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
return 0;
}
static void mpls_net_exit(struct net *net)
{
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
struct mpls_route __rcu **platform_label;
size_t platform_labels;
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
struct ctl_table *table;
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
unsigned int index;
mpls: Add a sysctl to control the size of the mpls label table This sysctl gives two benefits. By defaulting the table size to 0 mpls even when compiled in and enabled defaults to not forwarding any packets. This prevents unpleasant surprises for users. The other benefit is that as mpls labels are allocated locally a dense table a small dense label table may be used which saves memory and is extremely simple and efficient to implement. This sysctl allows userspace to choose the restrictions on the label table size userspace applications need to cope with. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:11:20 +00:00
table = net->mpls.ctl->ctl_table_arg;
unregister_net_sysctl_table(net->mpls.ctl);
kfree(table);
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
/* An rcu grace period has passed since there was a device in
* the network namespace (and thus the last in flight packet)
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
* left this network namespace. This is because
* unregister_netdevice_many and netdev_run_todo has completed
* for each network device that was in this network namespace.
*
* As such no additional rcu synchronization is necessary when
* freeing the platform_label table.
*/
rtnl_lock();
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
platform_label = rtnl_dereference(net->mpls.platform_label);
platform_labels = net->mpls.platform_labels;
for (index = 0; index < platform_labels; index++) {
struct mpls_route *rt = rtnl_dereference(platform_label[index]);
RCU_INIT_POINTER(platform_label[index], NULL);
mpls: Send route delete notifications when router module is unloaded When the mpls_router module is unloaded, mpls routes are deleted but notifications are not sent to userspace leaving userspace caches out of sync. Add the call to mpls_notify_route in mpls_net_exit as routes are freed. Fixes: 0189197f44160 ("mpls: Basic routing support") Signed-off-by: David Ahern <dsa@cumulusnetworks.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-03-10 17:46:15 +00:00
mpls_notify_route(net, index, rt, NULL, NULL);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
mpls_rt_free(rt);
}
rtnl_unlock();
mpls: Cleanup the rcu usage in the code. Sparse was generating a lot of warnings mostly from missing annotations in the code. Add missing annotations and in a few cases tweak the code for performance by moving work before loops. This also fixes a problematic ommision of rcu_assign_pointer and rcu_dereference. Hopefully with complete rcu annotations any new rcu errors will stick out like a sore thumb. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-07 22:21:56 +00:00
kvfree(platform_label);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
}
static struct pernet_operations mpls_net_ops = {
.init = mpls_net_init,
.exit = mpls_net_exit,
};
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
static struct rtnl_af_ops mpls_af_ops __read_mostly = {
.family = AF_MPLS,
.fill_stats_af = mpls_fill_stats_af,
.get_stats_af_size = mpls_get_stats_af_size,
};
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
static int __init mpls_init(void)
{
int err;
BUILD_BUG_ON(sizeof(struct mpls_shim_hdr) != 4);
err = register_pernet_subsys(&mpls_net_ops);
if (err)
goto out;
err = register_netdevice_notifier(&mpls_dev_notifier);
if (err)
goto out_unregister_pernet;
dev_add_pack(&mpls_packet_type);
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
rtnl_af_register(&mpls_af_ops);
net: use rtnl_register_module where needed all of these can be compiled as a module, so use new _module version to make sure module can no longer be removed while callback/dump is in use. Signed-off-by: Florian Westphal <fw@strlen.de> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-12-02 20:44:07 +00:00
rtnl_register_module(THIS_MODULE, PF_MPLS, RTM_NEWROUTE,
mpls_rtm_newroute, NULL, 0);
rtnl_register_module(THIS_MODULE, PF_MPLS, RTM_DELROUTE,
mpls_rtm_delroute, NULL, 0);
rtnl_register_module(THIS_MODULE, PF_MPLS, RTM_GETROUTE,
mpls_getroute, mpls_dump_routes, 0);
rtnl_register_module(THIS_MODULE, PF_MPLS, RTM_GETNETCONF,
mpls_netconf_get_devconf,
mpls_netconf_dump_devconf, 0);
ip_tunnel: add mpls over gre support This commit introduces the MPLSoGRE support (RFC 4023), using ip tunnel API by simply adding ipgre_tunnel_encap_(add|del)_mpls_ops() and the new tunnel type TUNNEL_ENCAP_MPLS. Signed-off-by: Amine Kherbouche <amine.kherbouche@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-04 17:35:57 +00:00
err = ipgre_tunnel_encap_add_mpls_ops();
if (err)
pr_err("Can't add mpls over gre tunnel ops\n");
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
err = 0;
out:
return err;
out_unregister_pernet:
unregister_pernet_subsys(&mpls_net_ops);
goto out;
}
module_init(mpls_init);
static void __exit mpls_exit(void)
{
mpls: Netlink commands to add, remove, and dump routes This change adds two new netlink routing attributes: RTA_VIA and RTA_NEWDST. RTA_VIA specifies the specifies the next machine to send a packet to like RTA_GATEWAY. RTA_VIA differs from RTA_GATEWAY in that it includes the address family of the address of the next machine to send a packet to. Currently the MPLS code supports addresses in AF_INET, AF_INET6 and AF_PACKET. For AF_INET and AF_INET6 the destination mac address is acquired from the neighbour table. For AF_PACKET the destination mac_address is specified in the netlink configuration. I think raw destination mac address support with the family AF_PACKET will prove useful. There is MPLS-TP which is defined to operate on machines that do not support internet packets of any flavor. Further seem to be corner cases where it can be useful. At this point I don't care much either way. RTA_NEWDST specifies the destination address to forward the packet with. MPLS typically changes it's destination address at every hop. For a swap operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with a length of one label. For a push operation RTA_NEWDST is specified with two or more labels. For a pop operation RTA_NEWDST is not specified or equivalently an emtpy RTAN_NEWDST is specified. Those new netlink attributes are used to implement handling of rt-netlink RTM_NEWROUTE, RTM_DELROUTE, and RTM_GETROUTE messages, to maintain the MPLS label table. rtm_to_route_config parses a netlink RTM_NEWROUTE or RTM_DELROUTE message, verify no unhandled attributes or unhandled values are present and sets up the data structures for mpls_route_add and mpls_route_del. I did my best to match up with the existing conventions with the caveats that MPLS addresses are all destination-specific-addresses, and so don't properly have a scope. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:13:56 +00:00
rtnl_unregister_all(PF_MPLS);
mpls: Packet stats Having MPLS packet stats is useful for observing network operation and for diagnosing network problems. In the absence of anything better, RFC2863 and RFC3813 are used for guidance for which stats to expose and the semantics of them. In particular rx_noroutes maps to in unknown protos in RFC2863. The stats are exposed to userspace via AF_MPLS attributes embedded in the IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC attribute of RTM_GETSTATS messages. All the introduced fields are 64-bit, even error ones, to ensure no overflow with long uptimes. Per-CPU counters are used to avoid cache-line contention on the commonly used fields. The other fields have also been made per-CPU for code to avoid performance problems in error conditions on the assumption that on some platforms the cost of atomic operations could be more expensive than sending the packet (which is what would be done in the success case). If that's not the case, we could instead not use per-CPU counters for these fields. Only unicast and non-fragment are exposed at the moment, but other counters can be exposed in the future either by adding to the end of struct mpls_link_stats or by additional netlink attributes in the AF_MPLS IFLA_STATS_AF_SPEC nested attribute. Signed-off-by: Robert Shearman <rshearma@brocade.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-01-16 14:16:37 +00:00
rtnl_af_unregister(&mpls_af_ops);
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
dev_remove_pack(&mpls_packet_type);
unregister_netdevice_notifier(&mpls_dev_notifier);
unregister_pernet_subsys(&mpls_net_ops);
ip_tunnel: add mpls over gre support This commit introduces the MPLSoGRE support (RFC 4023), using ip tunnel API by simply adding ipgre_tunnel_encap_(add|del)_mpls_ops() and the new tunnel type TUNNEL_ENCAP_MPLS. Signed-off-by: Amine Kherbouche <amine.kherbouche@6wind.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2017-10-04 17:35:57 +00:00
ipgre_tunnel_encap_del_mpls_ops();
mpls: Basic routing support This change adds a new Kconfig option MPLS_ROUTING. The core of this change is the code to look at an mpls packet received from another machine. Look that packet up in a routing table and forward the packet on. Support of MPLS over ATM is not considered or attempted here. This implemntation follows RFC3032 and implements the MPLS shim header that can pass over essentially any network. What RFC3021 refers to as the as the Incoming Label Map (ILM) I call net->mpls.platform_label[]. What RFC3031 refers to as the Next Label Hop Forwarding Entry (NHLFE) I call mpls_route. Though calling it the label fordwarding information base (lfib) might also be valid. Further the implemntation forwards packets as described in RFC3032. There is no need and given the original motivation for MPLS a strong discincentive to have a flexible label forwarding path. In essence the logic is the topmost label is read, looked up, removed, and replaced by 0 or more new lables and the sent out the specified interface to it's next hop. Quite a few optional features are not implemented here. Among them are generation of ICMP errors when the TTL is exceeded or the packet is larger than the next hop MTU (those conditions are detected and the packets are dropped instead of generating an icmp error). The traffic class field is always set to 0. The implementation focuses on IP over MPLS and does not handle egress of other kinds of protocols. Instead of implementing coordination with the neighbour table and sorting out how to input next hops in a different address family (for which there is value). I was lazy and implemented a next hop mac address instead. The code is simpler and there are flavor of MPLS such as MPLS-TP where neither an IPv4 nor an IPv6 next hop is appropriate so a next hop by mac address would need to be implemented at some point. Two new definitions AF_MPLS and PF_MPLS are exposed to userspace. Decoding the mpls header must be done by first byeswapping a 32bit bit endian word into the local cpu endian and then bit shifting to extract the pieces. There is no C bit-field that can represent a wire format mpls header on a little endian machine as the low bits of the 20bit label wind up in the wrong half of third byte. Therefore internally everything is deal with in cpu native byte order except when writing to and reading from a packet. For management simplicity if a label is configured to forward out an interface that is down the packet is dropped early. Similarly if an network interface is removed rt_dev is updated to NULL (so no reference is preserved) and any packets for that label are dropped. Keeping the label entries in the kernel allows the kernel label table to function as the definitive source of which labels are allocated and which are not. Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com> Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
2015-03-04 01:10:47 +00:00
}
module_exit(mpls_exit);
MODULE_DESCRIPTION("MultiProtocol Label Switching");
MODULE_LICENSE("GPL v2");
MODULE_ALIAS_NETPROTO(PF_MPLS);
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink